Merge "Fix Postgres support"
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @defgroup Globalsettings Global settings
43 */
44
45 /**
46 * @cond file_level_code
47 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
48 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
49 */
50 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
51 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
52 die( 1 );
53 }
54
55 /** @endcond */
56
57 /**
58 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
59 * Not used for much in a default install.
60 * @since 1.5
61 */
62 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
63
64 /**
65 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
66 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
67 * callable.
68 * @since 1.23
69 */
70 $wgConfigRegistry = [
71 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
72 ];
73
74 /**
75 * MediaWiki version number
76 * @since 1.2
77 */
78 $wgVersion = '1.30.0-alpha';
79
80 /**
81 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
82 */
83 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
84
85 /**
86 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
87 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
88 * @var bool
89 * @since 1.26
90 */
91 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
92
93 /**
94 * URL of the server.
95 *
96 * @par Example:
97 * @code
98 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
99 * @endcode
100 *
101 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
102 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
103 * case, set this variable to fix it.
104 *
105 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
106 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
107 * to a fully qualified URL.
108 */
109 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
110
111 /**
112 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
113 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
114 *
115 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
116 * @since 1.18
117 */
118 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
119
120 /**
121 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
122 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
123 * @since 1.24
124 */
125 $wgServerName = false;
126
127 /************************************************************************//**
128 * @name Script path settings
129 * @{
130 */
131
132 /**
133 * The path we should point to.
134 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
135 *
136 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
137 *
138 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
139 * set in LocalSettings.php
140 */
141 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
142
143 /**
144 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
145 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
146 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
147 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
148 * problems on Apache as well.
149 *
150 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
151 *
152 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
153 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
154 *
155 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
156 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
157 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
158 * @since 1.2.1
159 */
160 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
161 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
162 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
163
164 /**
165 * The extension to append to script names by default.
166 *
167 * Some hosting providers used PHP 4 for *.php files, and PHP 5 for *.php5.
168 * This variable was provided to support those providers.
169 *
170 * @since 1.11
171 * @deprecated since 1.25; support for '.php5' has been phased out of MediaWiki
172 * proper. Backward-compatibility can be maintained by configuring your web
173 * server to rewrite URLs. See RELEASE-NOTES for details.
174 */
175 $wgScriptExtension = '.php';
176
177 /**@}*/
178
179 /************************************************************************//**
180 * @name URLs and file paths
181 *
182 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
183 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
184 *
185 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
186 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
187 *
188 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
189 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
190 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
191 *
192 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
193 *
194 * @{
195 */
196
197 /**
198 * The URL path to index.php.
199 *
200 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
201 */
202 $wgScript = false;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path to load.php.
206 *
207 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
208 * @since 1.17
209 */
210 $wgLoadScript = false;
211
212 /**
213 * The URL path of the skins directory.
214 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
215 * @since 1.3
216 */
217 $wgStylePath = false;
218 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
219
220 /**
221 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
222 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
223 * @since 1.17
224 */
225 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
226
227 /**
228 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
229 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
230 * @since 1.16
231 */
232 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
233
234 /**
235 * Filesystem extensions directory.
236 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
237 * @since 1.25
238 */
239 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
240
241 /**
242 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
244 * @since 1.3
245 */
246 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
247
248 /**
249 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
250 * which is replaced by the article title.
251 *
252 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
253 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
254 */
255 $wgArticlePath = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path for the images directory.
259 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
260 */
261 $wgUploadPath = false;
262
263 /**
264 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
265 */
266 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
267
268 /**
269 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
270 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
271 */
272 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
273
274 /**
275 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
276 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
277 */
278 $wgLogo = false;
279
280 /**
281 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
282 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
283 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
284 *
285 * @par Example:
286 * @code
287 * $wgLogoHD = [
288 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
289 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
290 * ];
291 * @endcode
292 *
293 * @since 1.25
294 */
295 $wgLogoHD = false;
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
299 * @since 1.6
300 */
301 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
302
303 /**
304 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
305 * Defaults to no icon.
306 * @since 1.12
307 */
308 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
309
310 /**
311 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
312 * One of 'never', 'default', 'origin', 'always'. Setting it to false just
313 * prevents the meta tag from being output.
314 * See https://www.w3.org/TR/referrer-policy/ for details.
315 *
316 * @since 1.25
317 */
318 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
319
320 /**
321 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
322 * be web accessible.
323 *
324 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
325 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
326 * logic.
327 *
328 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
329 * variable.
330 *
331 * @see wfTempDir()
332 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
333 */
334 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
335
336 /**
337 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
338 * upload URL.
339 * @since 1.4
340 */
341 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
342
343 /**
344 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
345 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
346 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
347 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
348 * @since 1.17
349 */
350 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
351
352 /**
353 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
354 * plain page views, add to this array.
355 *
356 * @par Example:
357 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
358 * @code
359 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
360 * @endcode
361 *
362 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
363 * URLs.
364 * @since 1.5
365 */
366 $wgActionPaths = [];
367
368 /**@}*/
369
370 /************************************************************************//**
371 * @name Files and file uploads
372 * @{
373 */
374
375 /**
376 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
377 */
378 $wgEnableUploads = false;
379
380 /**
381 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
382 */
383 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
384
385 /**
386 * Allows to move images and other media files
387 */
388 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
389
390 /**
391 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
392 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
393 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
394 *
395 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
396 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
397 */
398 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
399
400 /**
401 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
402 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
403 *
404 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
405 * completeness.
406 */
407 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
408
409 /**
410 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
411 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
412 */
413 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
414
415 /**
416 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
417 */
418 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
419
420 /**
421 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
422 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
423 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
424 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
425 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
426 *
427 * Example:
428 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
429 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
430 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
431 *
432 * @see $wgFileBackends
433 */
434 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
435
436 /**
437 * File repository structures
438 *
439 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
440 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
441 * array of properties configuring the repository.
442 *
443 * Properties required for all repos:
444 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
445 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
446 *
447 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
448 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
449 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
450 *
451 * For most core repos:
452 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
453 * container : backend container name the zone is in
454 * directory : root path within container for the zone
455 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
456 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
457 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
458 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
459 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
460 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
461 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
462 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
463 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
464 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
465 * handler instead.
466 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
467 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
468 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
469 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
470 * - pathDisclosureProtection
471 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
472 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
473 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
474 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
475 * is 0644.
476 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
477 * some remote repos.
478 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
479 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
480 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
481 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
482 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
483 *
484 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
485 * for local repositories:
486 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
487 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
488 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
489 * - scriptExtension Script extension of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to
490 * $wgScriptExtension, e.g. ".php5". Defaults to ".php".
491 *
492 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
493 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
494 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
495 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
496 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
497 *
498 * ForeignDBRepo:
499 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
500 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
501 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
502 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
503 *
504 * ForeignAPIRepo:
505 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
506 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
507 *
508 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
509 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
510 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
511 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
512 * be searched after the local file repo.
513 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
514 *
515 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
516 */
517 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
518
519 /**
520 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
521 */
522 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
523
524 /**
525 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
526 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
527 * settings
528 */
529 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
530
531 /**
532 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
533 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
534 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
535 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
536 *
537 * Example:
538 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
539 */
540 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
541
542 /**
543 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
544 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
545 *
546 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
547 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
548 *
549 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
550 */
551 $wgUploadDialog = [
552 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
553 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
554 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
555 'fields' => [
556 'description' => true,
557 'date' => false,
558 'categories' => false,
559 ],
560 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
561 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
562 'licensemessages' => [
563 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
564 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
565 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
566 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
567 'local' => 'generic-local',
568 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
569 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
570 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
571 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
572 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
573 ],
574 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
575 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
576 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
577 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
578 'comment' => [
579 'local' => '',
580 'foreign' => '',
581 ],
582 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
583 'format' => [
584 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
585 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
586 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
587 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
588 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
589 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
590 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
591 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
592 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
593 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
594 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
595 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
596 // * $TEXT - input by the user
597 'description' => '$TEXT',
598 'ownwork' => '',
599 'license' => '',
600 'uncategorized' => '',
601 ],
602 ];
603
604 /**
605 * File backend structure configuration.
606 *
607 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
608 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
609 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
610 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
611 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
612 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
613 *
614 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
615 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
616 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
617 *
618 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
619 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
620 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
621 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
622 *
623 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
624 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
625 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
626 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
627 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
628 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
629 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
630 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
631 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
632 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
633 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
634 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
635 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
636 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
637 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
638 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
639 */
640 $wgFileBackends = [];
641
642 /**
643 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
644 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
645 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
646 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
647 *
648 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
649 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
650 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
651 *
652 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
653 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
654 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
655 */
656 $wgLockManagers = [];
657
658 /**
659 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
660 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
661 *
662 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
663 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
664 * extensions" section of php.ini:
665 * @code{.ini}
666 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
667 * @endcode
668 */
669 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
670
671 /**
672 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
673 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
674 * Defaults to false.
675 */
676 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
677
678 /**
679 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
680 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
681 * $wgUploadDirectory.
682 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
683 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
684 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
685 * directory.
686 *
687 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
688 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
689 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
690 */
691 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
692
693 /**
694 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
695 */
696 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
697
698 /**
699 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
700 */
701 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
702
703 /**
704 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
705 */
706 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
707
708 /**
709 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
710 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
711 */
712 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
713
714 /**
715 * Optional table prefix used in database.
716 */
717 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
718
719 /**
720 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
721 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
722 */
723 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
724
725 /**
726 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
727 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
728 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
729 */
730 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
731
732 /**
733 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
734 *
735 * @since 1.20
736 */
737 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
738
739 /**
740 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
741 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
742 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
743 */
744 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
745
746 /**
747 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
748 * @since 1.20
749 */
750 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
751
752 /**
753 * Different timeout for upload by url
754 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
755 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
756 * to default.
757 *
758 * @since 1.22
759 */
760 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
761
762 /**
763 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
764 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
765 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
766 * for non-specified types.
767 *
768 * @par Example:
769 * @code
770 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
771 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
772 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
773 * ];
774 * @endcode
775 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
776 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
777 */
778 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
779
780 /**
781 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
782 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
783 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
784 * @since 1.26
785 */
786 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
787
788 /**
789 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
790 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
791 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
792 *
793 * @par Example:
794 * @code
795 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
796 * @endcode
797 */
798 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
799
800 /**
801 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
802 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
803 * appended to it as appropriate.
804 */
805 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
806
807 /**
808 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
809 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
810 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
811 * access to the thumbnail path.
812 *
813 * @par Example:
814 * @code
815 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
816 * @endcode
817 */
818 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
819
820 /**
821 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
822 */
823 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
824
825 /**
826 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
827 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
828 *
829 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
830 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
831 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
832 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
833 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
834 *
835 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
836 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
837 */
838 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
839
840 /**
841 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
842 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
843 * directory layout.
844 */
845 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
846
847 /**
848 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
849 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
850 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
851 * image description page on this wiki.
852 *
853 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
854 */
855 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
856
857 /**
858 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
859 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
860 *
861 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
862 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
863 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
864 */
865 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
866
867 /**
868 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
869 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
870 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
871 */
872 $wgFileBlacklist = [
873 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
874 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
875 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
876 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
877 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
878 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
879 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
880 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
881
882 /**
883 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
884 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
885 */
886 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
887 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
888 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
889 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
890 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
891 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
892 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
893 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
894 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
895 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
896 'application/x-msmetafile',
897 ];
898
899 /**
900 * Allow Java archive uploads.
901 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
902 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
903 */
904 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
905
906 /**
907 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
908 *
909 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
910 */
911 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
912
913 /**
914 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
915 * by $wgFileExtensions.
916 *
917 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
918 */
919 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
920
921 /**
922 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
923 *
924 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
925 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
926 */
927 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
928
929 /**
930 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
931 */
932 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
933
934 /**
935 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
936 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
937 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
938 *
939 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
940 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
941 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
942 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
943 */
944 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
945 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
946 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
947 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
948 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
949 "application/pdf", // PDF files
950 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
951 ];
952
953 /**
954 * Plugins for media file type handling.
955 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
956 *
957 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
958 * and extensions should use extension.json.
959 */
960 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
961
962 /**
963 * Plugins for page content model handling.
964 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
965 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
966 *
967 * @since 1.21
968 */
969 $wgContentHandlers = [
970 // the usual case
971 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => 'WikitextContentHandler',
972 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
973 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => 'JavaScriptContentHandler',
974 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
975 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => 'JsonContentHandler',
976 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
977 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => 'CssContentHandler',
978 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
979 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => 'TextContentHandler',
980 ];
981
982 /**
983 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
984 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
985 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
986 */
987 $wgUseImageResize = true;
988
989 /**
990 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
991 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
992 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
993 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
994 *
995 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
996 */
997 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
998
999 /**
1000 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1001 */
1002 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1003
1004 /**
1005 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1006 * @since 1.27
1007 */
1008 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1009
1010 /**
1011 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1012 */
1013 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1014
1015 /**
1016 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1017 */
1018 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1019
1020 /**
1021 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1022 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1023 */
1024 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1025
1026 /**
1027 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1028 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1029 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1030 *
1031 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1032 * @code
1033 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1034 * @endcode
1035 *
1036 * Leave as false to skip this.
1037 */
1038 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1039
1040 /**
1041 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1042 *
1043 * @since 1.21
1044 */
1045 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1046
1047 /**
1048 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1049 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1050 * at sharp edges.
1051 *
1052 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1053 *
1054 * Supported values:
1055 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1056 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1057 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1058 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1059 *
1060 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1061 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1062 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1063 *
1064 * @since 1.27
1065 */
1066 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1067
1068 /**
1069 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1070 * image formats.
1071 */
1072 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1073
1074 /**
1075 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1076 *
1077 * @since 1.26
1078 */
1079 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1080
1081 /**
1082 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1083 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1084 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1085 *
1086 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1087 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1088 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1089 */
1090 $wgSVGConverters = [
1091 'ImageMagick' =>
1092 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1093 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1094 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1095 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1096 . '$output $input',
1097 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1098 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1099 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1100 ];
1101
1102 /**
1103 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1104 */
1105 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1106
1107 /**
1108 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1109 */
1110 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1111
1112 /**
1113 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1114 */
1115 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1116
1117 /**
1118 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1119 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1120 */
1121 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1122
1123 /**
1124 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1125 *
1126 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1127 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1128 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1129 *
1130 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1131 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1132 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1133 */
1134 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1135
1136 /**
1137 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1138 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1139 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1140 *
1141 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1142 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1143 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1144 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1145 *
1146 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1147 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1148 */
1149 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1150
1151 /**
1152 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1153 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1154 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1155 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1156 */
1157 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1158
1159 /**
1160 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1161 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1162 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1163 *
1164 * @par Example:
1165 * @code
1166 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1167 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1168 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1169 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1170 * @endcode
1171 */
1172 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1173
1174 /**
1175 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1176 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1177 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1178 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1179 */
1180 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1181
1182 /**
1183 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1184 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1185 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1186 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1187 */
1188 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1189
1190 /**
1191 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1192 * output instead of showing an error message.
1193 *
1194 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1195 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1196 *
1197 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1198 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1199 * are logged to a file for review.
1200 */
1201 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1202
1203 /**
1204 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1205 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1206 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1207 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1208 * webserver(s).
1209 */
1210 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1211
1212 /**
1213 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1214 */
1215 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1216
1217 /**
1218 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1219 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1220 * is available that can rotate.
1221 */
1222 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1223
1224 /**
1225 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1226 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1227 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1228 */
1229 $wgAntivirus = null;
1230
1231 /**
1232 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1233 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1234 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1235 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1236 *
1237 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1238 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1239 *
1240 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1241 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1242 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1243 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1244 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1245 * path.
1246 *
1247 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1248 * function in SpecialUpload.
1249 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1250 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1251 * is not set.
1252 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1253 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1254 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1255 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1256 * no virus was found.
1257 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1258 * a virus.
1259 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1260 *
1261 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1262 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1263 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1264 */
1265 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1266
1267 # setup for clamav
1268 'clamav' => [
1269 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1270 'codemap' => [
1271 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1272 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1273 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1274 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1275 ],
1276 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1277 ],
1278 ];
1279
1280 /**
1281 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1282 */
1283 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1284
1285 /**
1286 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1287 */
1288 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1289
1290 /**
1291 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1292 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1293 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1294 */
1295 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1296
1297 /**
1298 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1299 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1300 */
1301 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1302
1303 /**
1304 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1305 * the MIME type to standard output.
1306 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1307 * If not set or NULL, PHP's fileinfo extension will be used if available.
1308 *
1309 * @par Example:
1310 * @code
1311 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1312 * @endcode
1313 */
1314 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1315
1316 /**
1317 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1318 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1319 * can be trusted.
1320 */
1321 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1322
1323 /**
1324 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1325 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1326 */
1327 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1328 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1329 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1330 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1331 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1332 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1333 ];
1334
1335 /**
1336 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1337 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1338 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1339 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1340 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1341 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1342 */
1343 $wgImageLimits = [
1344 [ 320, 240 ],
1345 [ 640, 480 ],
1346 [ 800, 600 ],
1347 [ 1024, 768 ],
1348 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1349 ];
1350
1351 /**
1352 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1353 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1354 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1355 */
1356 $wgThumbLimits = [
1357 120,
1358 150,
1359 180,
1360 200,
1361 250,
1362 300
1363 ];
1364
1365 /**
1366 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1367 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1368 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1369 *
1370 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1371 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1372 * supports it.
1373 */
1374 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1375
1376 /**
1377 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1378 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1379 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1380 * following buckets:
1381 *
1382 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1383 *
1384 * and a distance of 50:
1385 *
1386 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1387 *
1388 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1389 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1390 */
1391 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1392
1393 /**
1394 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1395 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1396 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1397 *
1398 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1399 *
1400 * @since 1.25
1401 */
1402
1403 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1404
1405 /**
1406 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1407 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1408 *
1409 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1410 * thumbnail's URL.
1411 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1412 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1413 *
1414 * @since 1.25
1415 */
1416 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1417
1418 /**
1419 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1420 *
1421 * @since 1.25
1422 */
1423 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1424
1425 /**
1426 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1427 * HTTP request to.
1428 *
1429 * @since 1.25
1430 */
1431 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1432
1433 /**
1434 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1435 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1436 *
1437 * @since 1.26
1438 */
1439 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1440
1441 /**
1442 * Default parameters for the "<gallery>" tag
1443 */
1444 $wgGalleryOptions = [
1445 // Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1446 'imagesPerRow' => 0,
1447 // Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1448 'imageWidth' => 120,
1449 // Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1450 'imageHeight' => 120,
1451 // Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1452 // A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1453 // and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1454 // @deprecated since 1.28
1455 'captionLength' => true,
1456 // Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1457 'showBytes' => true,
1458 'mode' => 'traditional',
1459 ];
1460
1461 /**
1462 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1463 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1464 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1465 */
1466 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1467
1468 /**
1469 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1470 */
1471 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1472
1473 /**
1474 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1475 *
1476 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1477 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1478 *
1479 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1480 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1481 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1482 */
1483 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1484
1485 /**
1486 * @name DJVU settings
1487 * @{
1488 */
1489
1490 /**
1491 * Path of the djvudump executable
1492 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1493 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1494 */
1495 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1496
1497 /**
1498 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1499 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1500 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1501 */
1502 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1503
1504 /**
1505 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1506 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1507 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1508 */
1509 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1510
1511 /**
1512 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1513 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1514 *
1515 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1516 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1517 * the efficiency problem.
1518 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1519 *
1520 * @par Example:
1521 * @code
1522 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1523 * @endcode
1524 */
1525 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1526
1527 /**
1528 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1529 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1530 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1531 */
1532 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1533
1534 /**
1535 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1536 */
1537 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1538
1539 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1540
1541 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1542
1543 /************************************************************************//**
1544 * @name Email settings
1545 * @{
1546 */
1547
1548 /**
1549 * Site admin email address.
1550 *
1551 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1552 */
1553 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1554
1555 /**
1556 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1557 *
1558 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1559 *
1560 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1561 */
1562 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1563
1564 /**
1565 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1566 *
1567 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1568 */
1569 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1570
1571 /**
1572 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1573 *
1574 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1575 */
1576 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1577
1578 /**
1579 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1580 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1581 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1582 */
1583 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1584
1585 /**
1586 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1587 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1588 */
1589 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1590
1591 /**
1592 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1593 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1594 *
1595 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1596 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1597 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1598 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1599 */
1600 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1601
1602 /**
1603 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1604 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1605 */
1606 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1607
1608 /**
1609 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1610 */
1611 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1612
1613 /**
1614 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1615 */
1616 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1617
1618 /**
1619 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1620 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1621 */
1622 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1623
1624 /**
1625 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1626 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1627 */
1628 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1629
1630 /**
1631 * SMTP Mode.
1632 *
1633 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1634 * Default to false or fill an array :
1635 *
1636 * @code
1637 * $wgSMTP = [
1638 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1639 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1640 * 'port' => '25',
1641 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1642 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1643 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1644 * ];
1645 * @endcode
1646 */
1647 $wgSMTP = false;
1648
1649 /**
1650 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1651 */
1652 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1653
1654 /**
1655 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1656 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1657 */
1658 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1659
1660 /**
1661 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1662 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1663 */
1664 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1665
1666 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1667 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1668 # enable or disable at their discretion
1669 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1670 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1671
1672 /**
1673 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1674 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1675 * spam relay.
1676 */
1677 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1678
1679 /**
1680 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1681 */
1682 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1683
1684 /**
1685 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1686 * user talk page.
1687 *
1688 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1689 * preference set to true.
1690 */
1691 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1692
1693 /**
1694 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1695 * allowed this in the preferences.
1696 */
1697 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1698
1699 /**
1700 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1701 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1702 *
1703 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1704 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1705 *
1706 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1707 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1708 *
1709 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1710 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1711 */
1712 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1713
1714 /**
1715 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1716 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1717 *
1718 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1719 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1720 */
1721 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1722
1723 /**
1724 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1725 * match the limit on your mail server.
1726 */
1727 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1728
1729 /**
1730 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1731 */
1732 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1733
1734 /**
1735 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1736 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1737 */
1738 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1739
1740 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1741
1742 /************************************************************************//**
1743 * @name Database settings
1744 * @{
1745 */
1746
1747 /**
1748 * Database host name or IP address
1749 */
1750 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1751
1752 /**
1753 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1754 */
1755 $wgDBport = 5432;
1756
1757 /**
1758 * Name of the database
1759 */
1760 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1761
1762 /**
1763 * Database username
1764 */
1765 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1766
1767 /**
1768 * Database user's password
1769 */
1770 $wgDBpassword = '';
1771
1772 /**
1773 * Database type
1774 */
1775 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1776
1777 /**
1778 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1779 *
1780 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1781 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1782 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1783 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1784 */
1785 $wgDBssl = false;
1786
1787 /**
1788 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1789 *
1790 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1791 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1792 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1793 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1794 */
1795 $wgDBcompress = false;
1796
1797 /**
1798 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1799 */
1800 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1801
1802 /**
1803 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1804 */
1805 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1806
1807 /**
1808 * Search type.
1809 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1810 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1811 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1812 */
1813 $wgSearchType = null;
1814
1815 /**
1816 * Alternative search types
1817 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1818 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1819 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1820 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1821 */
1822 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1823
1824 /**
1825 * Table name prefix
1826 */
1827 $wgDBprefix = '';
1828
1829 /**
1830 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1831 */
1832 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1833
1834 /**
1835 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1836 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1837 * DBA has done his best job.
1838 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1839 */
1840 $wgSQLMode = '';
1841
1842 /**
1843 * Mediawiki schema
1844 */
1845 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1846
1847 /**
1848 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1849 */
1850 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1851
1852 /**
1853 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1854 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1855 * main database.
1856 *
1857 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1858 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1859 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1860 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1861 *
1862 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1863 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1864 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1865 *
1866 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1867 * $wgDBprefix.
1868 *
1869 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1870 * $wgDBmwschema.
1871 *
1872 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1873 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1874 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1875 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1876 */
1877 $wgSharedDB = null;
1878
1879 /**
1880 * @see $wgSharedDB
1881 */
1882 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1883
1884 /**
1885 * @see $wgSharedDB
1886 */
1887 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1888
1889 /**
1890 * @see $wgSharedDB
1891 * @since 1.23
1892 */
1893 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1894
1895 /**
1896 * Database load balancer
1897 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1898 * Fields are:
1899 * - host: Host name
1900 * - dbname: Default database name
1901 * - user: DB user
1902 * - password: DB password
1903 * - type: DB type
1904 *
1905 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1906 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1907 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1908 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1909 *
1910 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1911 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1912 *
1913 * - flags: bit field
1914 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
1915 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1916 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1917 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1918 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1919 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1920 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1921 * if available
1922 *
1923 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
1924 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1925 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
1926 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
1927 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
1928 *
1929 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1930 * variable of the Database object.
1931 *
1932 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1933 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1934 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1935 *
1936 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1937 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
1938 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1939 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1940 *
1941 * @code
1942 * SET @@read_only=1;
1943 * @endcode
1944 *
1945 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
1946 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1947 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1948 */
1949 $wgDBservers = false;
1950
1951 /**
1952 * Load balancer factory configuration
1953 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1954 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1955 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1956 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1957 *
1958 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1959 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1960 */
1961 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => 'LBFactorySimple' ];
1962
1963 /**
1964 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1965 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1966 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
1967 * @since 1.27
1968 */
1969 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
1970
1971 /**
1972 * File to log database errors to
1973 */
1974 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
1975
1976 /**
1977 * Timezone to use in the error log.
1978 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
1979 *
1980 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
1981 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
1982 *
1983 * @par Examples:
1984 * @code
1985 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
1986 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
1987 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
1988 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
1989 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
1990 * @endcode
1991 *
1992 * @since 1.20
1993 */
1994 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
1995
1996 /**
1997 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
1998 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
1999 *
2000 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
2001 *
2002 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
2003 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
2004 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2005 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2006 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2007 *
2008 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2009 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2010 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2011 */
2012 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2013
2014 /**
2015 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2016 *
2017 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2018 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2019 * block).
2020 *
2021 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2022 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2023 * connections.
2024 *
2025 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2026 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2027 * pooled.
2028 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2029 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2030 *
2031 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2032 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2033 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2034 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2035 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2036 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2037 *
2038 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2039 */
2040 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2041
2042 /**
2043 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer
2044 * account.
2045 * Array numeric key => database name
2046 */
2047 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2048
2049 /**
2050 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2051 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2052 * show a more obvious warning.
2053 */
2054 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2055
2056 /**
2057 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2058 */
2059 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2060
2061 /**
2062 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2063 */
2064 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2065
2066 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2067
2068 /************************************************************************//**
2069 * @name Text storage
2070 * @{
2071 */
2072
2073 /**
2074 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2075 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2076 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2077 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2078 */
2079 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2080
2081 /**
2082 * External stores allow including content
2083 * from non database sources following URL links.
2084 *
2085 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2086 * @code
2087 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2088 * @endcode
2089 *
2090 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2091 */
2092 $wgExternalStores = [];
2093
2094 /**
2095 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2096 *
2097 * @par Example:
2098 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2099 * @code
2100 * $wgExternalServers = [
2101 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2102 * ];
2103 * @endcode
2104 *
2105 * Used by LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2106 * another class.
2107 */
2108 $wgExternalServers = [];
2109
2110 /**
2111 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2112 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2113 *
2114 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2115 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2116 *
2117 * @par Example:
2118 * @code
2119 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2120 * @endcode
2121 *
2122 * @var array
2123 */
2124 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2125
2126 /**
2127 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2128 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2129 *
2130 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2131 */
2132 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2133
2134 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2135
2136 /************************************************************************//**
2137 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2138 * @{
2139 */
2140
2141 /**
2142 * Disable database-intensive features
2143 */
2144 $wgMiserMode = false;
2145
2146 /**
2147 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2148 */
2149 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2150
2151 /**
2152 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2153 */
2154 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2155
2156 /**
2157 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2158 */
2159 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2160
2161 /**
2162 * Enable slow parser functions
2163 */
2164 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2165
2166 /**
2167 * Allow schema updates
2168 */
2169 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2170
2171 /**
2172 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2173 */
2174 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2175
2176 /**
2177 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2178 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2179 */
2180 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2181
2182 /**
2183 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2184 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2185 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2186 * @since 1.26
2187 */
2188 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2189
2190 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2191
2192 /************************************************************************//**
2193 * @name Cache settings
2194 * @{
2195 */
2196
2197 /**
2198 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2199 * from the web.
2200 *
2201 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2202 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2203 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2204 */
2205 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2206
2207 /**
2208 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2209 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2210 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2211 *
2212 * The options are:
2213 *
2214 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2215 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2216 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2217 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2218 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU, XCache or WinCache
2219 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2220 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2221 *
2222 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2223 */
2224 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2225
2226 /**
2227 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2228 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2229 *
2230 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2231 */
2232 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2233
2234 /**
2235 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2236 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2237 *
2238 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2239 */
2240 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2241
2242 /**
2243 * The cache type for storing session data.
2244 *
2245 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2246 */
2247 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2248
2249 /**
2250 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2251 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2252 *
2253 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2254 *
2255 * @since 1.20
2256 */
2257 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2258
2259 /**
2260 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2261 *
2262 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2263 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2264 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2265 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2266 *
2267 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2268 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2269 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2270 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2271 */
2272 $wgObjectCaches = [
2273 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => 'EmptyBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2274 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2275
2276 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2277 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2278 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2279
2280 'db-replicated' => [
2281 'class' => 'ReplicatedBagOStuff',
2282 'readFactory' => [
2283 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2284 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2285 ],
2286 'writeFactory' => [
2287 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2288 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2289 ],
2290 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2291 'reportDupes' => false
2292 ],
2293
2294 'apc' => [ 'class' => 'APCBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2295 'apcu' => [ 'class' => 'APCUBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2296 'xcache' => [ 'class' => 'XCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2297 'wincache' => [ 'class' => 'WinCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2298 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2299 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPeclBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2300 'hash' => [ 'class' => 'HashBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2301 ];
2302
2303 /**
2304 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2305 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2306 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2307 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2308 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2309 *
2310 * The options are:
2311 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2312 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2313 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2314 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2315 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2316 * @since 1.26
2317 */
2318 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2319
2320 /**
2321 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2322 *
2323 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2324 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2325 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2326 *
2327 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2328 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2329 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2330 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2331 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2332 *
2333 * @since 1.26
2334 */
2335 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2336 CACHE_NONE => [
2337 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2338 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2339 'channels' => []
2340 ]
2341 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2342 'memcached-php' => [
2343 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2344 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2345 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2346 ]
2347 */
2348 ];
2349
2350 /**
2351 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2352 *
2353 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2354 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2355 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2356 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2357 *
2358 * @var bool
2359 * @since 1.29
2360 */
2361 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2362
2363 /**
2364 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2365 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2366 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2367 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2368 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2369 *
2370 * The options are:
2371 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2372 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2373 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2374 *
2375 * @since 1.26
2376 */
2377 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2378
2379 /**
2380 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2381 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2382 */
2383 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2384
2385 /**
2386 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2387 */
2388 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2389
2390 /**
2391 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2392 */
2393 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2394
2395 /**
2396 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2397 */
2398 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2399
2400 /**
2401 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2402 *
2403 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2404 *
2405 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2406 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2407 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2408 * others' cookies.
2409 *
2410 * @since 1.27
2411 * @var string
2412 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2413 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2414 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2415 */
2416 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2417
2418 /**
2419 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2420 *
2421 * @since 1.28
2422 */
2423 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2424
2425 /**
2426 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2427 */
2428 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2429
2430 /**
2431 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2432 */
2433 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2434
2435 /**
2436 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2437 * requests.
2438 */
2439 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2440
2441 /**
2442 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2443 */
2444 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2445
2446 /**
2447 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2448 *
2449 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2450 *
2451 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2452 *
2453 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2454 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2455 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2456 */
2457 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2458
2459 /**
2460 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2461 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2462 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2463 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2464 */
2465 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2466
2467 /**
2468 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2469 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2470 *
2471 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2472 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2473 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2474 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2475 * otherwise the database will be used.
2476 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2477 * store static arrays.
2478 *
2479 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2480 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2481 *
2482 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2483 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2484 * will be used.
2485 *
2486 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2487 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2488 */
2489 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2490 'class' => 'LocalisationCache',
2491 'store' => 'detect',
2492 'storeClass' => false,
2493 'storeDirectory' => false,
2494 'manualRecache' => false,
2495 ];
2496
2497 /**
2498 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2499 */
2500 $wgCachePages = true;
2501
2502 /**
2503 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2504 * client-side and server-side caching.
2505 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2506 * @verbatim
2507 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2508 * @endverbatim
2509 */
2510 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2511
2512 /**
2513 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2514 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2515 */
2516 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2517
2518 /**
2519 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2520 *
2521 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2522 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2523 * styles.
2524 */
2525 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2526
2527 /**
2528 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2529 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2530 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2531 */
2532 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2533
2534 /**
2535 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2536 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2537 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2538 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2539 */
2540 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2541
2542 /**
2543 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2544 * @deprecated since 1.26
2545 */
2546 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2547
2548 /**
2549 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2550 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2551 */
2552 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2553
2554 /**
2555 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2556 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2557 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2558 *
2559 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2560 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2561 * don't update as expected.
2562 */
2563 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2564
2565 /**
2566 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2567 */
2568 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2569
2570 /**
2571 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2572 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2573 *
2574 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2575 */
2576 $wgUseGzip = false;
2577
2578 /**
2579 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2580 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2581 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2582 * a grace period.
2583 */
2584 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2585
2586 /**
2587 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2588 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2589 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2590 *
2591 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2592 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2593 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2594 */
2595 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2596
2597 /**
2598 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2599 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2600 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2601 *
2602 * @par Example:
2603 * @code
2604 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2605 * @endcode
2606 *
2607 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2608 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2609 *
2610 * @var int|bool
2611 */
2612 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2613
2614 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2615
2616 /************************************************************************//**
2617 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2618 *
2619 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2620 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2621 *
2622 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2623 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2624 * more details.
2625 *
2626 * @{
2627 */
2628
2629 /**
2630 * Enable/disable CDN.
2631 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2632 */
2633 $wgUseSquid = false;
2634
2635 /**
2636 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2637 */
2638 $wgUseESI = false;
2639
2640 /**
2641 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2642 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2643 * @since 1.27
2644 */
2645 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2646
2647 /**
2648 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2649 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2650 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2651 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2652 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2653 * HTTP redirects.
2654 */
2655 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2656
2657 /**
2658 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2659 *
2660 * @par Example:
2661 * @code
2662 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2663 * @endcode
2664 */
2665 $wgInternalServer = false;
2666
2667 /**
2668 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2669 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2670 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2671 *
2672 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2673 */
2674 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2675
2676 /**
2677 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2678 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2679 * @since 1.27
2680 */
2681 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2682
2683 /**
2684 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2685 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2686 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2687 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2688 *
2689 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2690 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2691 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2692 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2693 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2694 *
2695 * @since 1.27
2696 */
2697 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2698
2699 /**
2700 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2701 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2702 * @since 1.27
2703 */
2704 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2705
2706 /**
2707 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2708 *
2709 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2710 */
2711 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2712
2713 /**
2714 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2715 *
2716 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2717 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2718 *
2719 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2720 */
2721 $wgSquidServers = [];
2722
2723 /**
2724 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2725 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2726 * CIDR blocks.
2727 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2728 */
2729 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2730
2731 /**
2732 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2733 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2734 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2735 *
2736 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2737 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2738 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2739 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2740 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2741 *
2742 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2743 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2744 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2745 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2746 * reverse).
2747 *
2748 * @since 1.21
2749 */
2750 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2751
2752 /**
2753 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2754 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2755 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2756 *
2757 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2758 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2759 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2760 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2761 *
2762 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2763 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2764 * @code
2765 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2766 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2767 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2768 * 'port' => 4827,
2769 * ],
2770 * '' => [
2771 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2772 * 'port' => 4827,
2773 * ],
2774 * ];
2775 * @endcode
2776 *
2777 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2778 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2779 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2780 *
2781 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2782 * @code
2783 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2784 * '' => [
2785 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2786 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2787 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2788 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2789 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2790 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2791 * ],
2792 * ];
2793 * @endcode
2794 *
2795 * @since 1.22
2796 *
2797 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2798 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2799 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2800 *
2801 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2802 */
2803 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2804
2805 /**
2806 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2807 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2808 */
2809 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2810
2811 /**
2812 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2813 */
2814 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2815
2816 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2817
2818 /************************************************************************//**
2819 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2820 * @{
2821 */
2822
2823 /**
2824 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2825 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2826 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2827 *
2828 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2829 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2830 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2831 *
2832 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2833 * change it in their preferences.
2834 *
2835 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2836 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2837 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2838 */
2839 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2840
2841 /**
2842 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2843 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2844 */
2845 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2846
2847 /**
2848 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2849 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2850 *
2851 * @par Example:
2852 * @code
2853 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2854 * @endcode
2855 */
2856 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2857
2858 /**
2859 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2860 */
2861 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2862
2863 /**
2864 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2865 */
2866 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2867
2868 /**
2869 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2870 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2871 * Notes:
2872 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2873 * map.
2874 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2875 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2876 * this array.
2877 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2878 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2879 * the prefix in this array.
2880 */
2881 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2882
2883 /**
2884 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2885 */
2886 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2887
2888 /**
2889 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
2890 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
2891 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2892 *
2893 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
2894 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
2895 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
2896 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
2897 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
2898 *
2899 * @since 1.29
2900 */
2901 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
2902 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
2903 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
2904 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
2905 ];
2906
2907 /**
2908 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
2909 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
2910 *
2911 * @deprecated since 1.29
2912 */
2913 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
2914
2915 /**
2916 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2917 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2918 * set to "ar".
2919 *
2920 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2921 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2922 */
2923 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2924
2925 /**
2926 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2927 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2928 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2929 * support these characters.
2930 *
2931 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2932 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2933 */
2934 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2935
2936 /**
2937 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2938 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2939 * impact.
2940 *
2941 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2942 * details.
2943 *
2944 * @since 1.17
2945 */
2946 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2947
2948 /**
2949 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2950 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2951 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2952 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2953 *
2954 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2955 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2956 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2957 */
2958 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2959
2960 /**
2961 * Browser Blacklist for unicode non compliant browsers. Contains a list of
2962 * regexps : "/regexp/" matching problematic browsers. These browsers will
2963 * be served encoded unicode in the edit box instead of real unicode.
2964 */
2965 $wgBrowserBlackList = [
2966 /**
2967 * Netscape 2-4 detection
2968 * The minor version may contain strings such as "Gold" or "SGoldC-SGI"
2969 * Lots of non-netscape user agents have "compatible", so it's useful to check for that
2970 * with a negative assertion. The [UIN] identifier specifies the level of security
2971 * in a Netscape/Mozilla browser, checking for it rules out a number of fakers.
2972 * The language string is unreliable, it is missing on NS4 Mac.
2973 *
2974 * Reference: http://www.psychedelix.com/agents/index.shtml
2975 */
2976 '/^Mozilla\/2\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2977 '/^Mozilla\/3\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2978 '/^Mozilla\/4\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2979
2980 /**
2981 * MSIE on Mac OS 9 is teh sux0r, converts þ to <thorn>, ð to <eth>,
2982 * Þ to <THORN> and Ð to <ETH>
2983 *
2984 * Known useragents:
2985 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.0; Mac_PowerPC)
2986 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.15; Mac_PowerPC)
2987 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.23; Mac_PowerPC)
2988 * - [...]
2989 *
2990 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?diff=12356041&oldid=12355864
2991 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Template%3AOS9
2992 */
2993 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE \d+\.\d+; Mac_PowerPC\)/',
2994
2995 /**
2996 * Google wireless transcoder, seems to eat a lot of chars alive
2997 * https://it.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Luciano_Ligabue&diff=prev&oldid=8857361
2998 */
2999 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE 6.0; Windows NT 5.0; Google Wireless Transcoder;\)/'
3000 ];
3001
3002 /**
3003 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
3004 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
3005 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
3006 *
3007 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
3008 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
3009 * to remain viewable.
3010 *
3011 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3012 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3013 */
3014 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3015
3016 /**
3017 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3018 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3019 */
3020 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3021
3022 /**
3023 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3024 * numerals in interface.
3025 */
3026 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3027
3028 /**
3029 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3030 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3031 */
3032 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3033
3034 /**
3035 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3036 */
3037 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3038
3039 /**
3040 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3041 */
3042 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3043
3044 /**
3045 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3046 */
3047 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3048
3049 /**
3050 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3051 */
3052 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3053
3054 /**
3055 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3056 */
3057 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3058
3059 /**
3060 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3061 *
3062 * @par Example:
3063 * @code
3064 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3065 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3066 * @endcode
3067 */
3068 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3069
3070 /**
3071 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3072 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3073 * language variant.
3074 *
3075 * @par Example:
3076 * @code
3077 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3078 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3079 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3080 * @endcode
3081 *
3082 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3083 *
3084 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3085 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3086 */
3087 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3088
3089 /**
3090 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3091 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3092 * customise these.
3093 */
3094 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3095
3096 /**
3097 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3098 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3099 *
3100 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3101 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3102 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3103 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3104 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3105 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3106 * the default behavior.
3107 *
3108 * @par Example:
3109 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3110 * portal:
3111 * @code
3112 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3113 * @endcode
3114 */
3115 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3116
3117 /**
3118 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3119 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3120 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3121 *
3122 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3123 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3124 *
3125 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3126 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3127 *
3128 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3129 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3130 *
3131 * @par Examples:
3132 * @code
3133 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3134 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3135 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3136 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3137 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3138 * @endcode
3139 */
3140 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3141
3142 /**
3143 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3144 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3145 *
3146 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3147 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3148 *
3149 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3150 */
3151 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3152
3153 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3154
3155 /*************************************************************************//**
3156 * @name Output format and skin settings
3157 * @{
3158 */
3159
3160 /**
3161 * The default Content-Type header.
3162 */
3163 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3164
3165 /**
3166 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3167 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3168 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3169 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3170 * @deprecated since 1.22
3171 */
3172 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3173
3174 /**
3175 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3176 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3177 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3178 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3179 * @deprecated since 1.22
3180 */
3181 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3182
3183 /**
3184 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3185 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3186 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3187 * to true by Setup.php.
3188 * @deprecated since 1.22
3189 */
3190 $wgHtml5 = true;
3191
3192 /**
3193 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3194 *
3195 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3196 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3197 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3198 * @since 1.16
3199 */
3200 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3201
3202 /**
3203 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3204 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3205 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3206 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3207 * @since 1.24
3208 */
3209 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3210
3211 /**
3212 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3213 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3214 * stable and change has been communicated.
3215 * @since 1.24
3216 */
3217 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3218
3219 /**
3220 * Temporary variable that determines whether the EditPage class should use OOjs UI or not.
3221 * This will be removed later and OOjs UI will become the only option.
3222 *
3223 * @since 1.29
3224 */
3225 $wgOOUIEditPage = true;
3226
3227 /**
3228 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3229 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3230 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3231 *
3232 * @since 1.28
3233 */
3234 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3235
3236 /**
3237 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3238 *
3239 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3240 *
3241 * @par Example:
3242 * @code
3243 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3244 * @endcode
3245 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3246 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3247 *
3248 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3249 */
3250 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3251
3252 /**
3253 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3254 *
3255 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3256 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3257 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3258 */
3259 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3260
3261 /**
3262 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3263 */
3264 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3265
3266 /**
3267 * Validate the overall output using tidy and refuse
3268 * to display the page if it's not valid.
3269 */
3270 $wgValidateAllHtml = false;
3271
3272 /**
3273 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3274 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3275 */
3276 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3277
3278 /**
3279 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3280 *
3281 * @since 1.24
3282 */
3283 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3284
3285 /**
3286 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3287 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3288 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3289 */
3290 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3291
3292 /**
3293 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3294 */
3295 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3296
3297 /**
3298 * Allow user Javascript page?
3299 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3300 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3301 */
3302 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3303
3304 /**
3305 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3306 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3307 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3308 */
3309 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3310
3311 /**
3312 * Allow user-preferences implemented in CSS?
3313 * This allows users to customise the site appearance to a greater
3314 * degree; disabling it will improve page load times.
3315 */
3316 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3317
3318 /**
3319 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3320 */
3321 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3322
3323 /**
3324 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3325 */
3326 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3327
3328 /**
3329 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3330 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3331 */
3332 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3333
3334 /**
3335 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3336 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3337 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3338 *
3339 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3340 *
3341 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3342 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3343 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3344 *
3345 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3346 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3347 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3348 * recommended.
3349 *
3350 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3351 * not just edit pages.
3352 */
3353 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3354
3355 /**
3356 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3357 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3358 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3359 * Options are:
3360 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3361 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3362 * - false: Allow all framing.
3363 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3364 */
3365 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3366
3367 /**
3368 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3369 */
3370 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3371
3372 /**
3373 * Should we allow a broader set of characters in id attributes, per HTML5? If
3374 * not, use only HTML 4-compatible IDs. This option is for testing -- when the
3375 * functionality is ready, it will be on by default with no option.
3376 *
3377 * Currently this appears to work fine in all browsers, but it's disabled by
3378 * default because it normalizes id's a bit too aggressively, breaking preexisting
3379 * content (particularly Cite). See T29733, T29694, T29474.
3380 */
3381 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3382
3383 /**
3384 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3385 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3386 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3387 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3388 *
3389 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3390 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3391 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3392 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3393 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3394 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3395 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3396 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3397 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3398 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3399 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3400 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3401 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3402 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3403 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3404 * not be outputted
3405 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3406 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3407 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3408 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3409 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3410 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3411 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3412 */
3413 $wgFooterIcons = [
3414 "copyright" => [
3415 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3416 ],
3417 "poweredby" => [
3418 "mediawiki" => [
3419 // Defaults to point at
3420 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3421 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3422 "src" => null,
3423 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3424 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3425 ]
3426 ],
3427 ];
3428
3429 /**
3430 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3431 * to create an account.
3432 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3433 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3434 */
3435 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3436
3437 /**
3438 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3439 */
3440 $wgEdititis = false;
3441
3442 /**
3443 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3444 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3445 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3446 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3447 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3448 *
3449 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3450 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3451 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3452 */
3453 $wgSend404Code = true;
3454
3455 /**
3456 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3457 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3458 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3459 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3460 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3461 *
3462 * @since 1.20
3463 */
3464 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3465
3466 /**
3467 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3468 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3469 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3470 * unconditionally.
3471 */
3472 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3473
3474 /**
3475 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3476 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3477 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3478 * the domain root.
3479 *
3480 * @since 1.25
3481 */
3482 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3483
3484 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3485
3486 /*************************************************************************//**
3487 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3488 * @{
3489 */
3490
3491 /**
3492 * Client-side resource modules.
3493 *
3494 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3495 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3496 *
3497 * @par Example:
3498 * @code
3499 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3500 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3501 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3502 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3503 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3504 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3505 * ];
3506 * @endcode
3507 */
3508 $wgResourceModules = [];
3509
3510 /**
3511 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3512 *
3513 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3514 * not be modified or disabled.
3515 *
3516 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3517 *
3518 * @par Example:
3519 * @code
3520 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3521 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3522 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3523 * ];
3524 *
3525 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3526 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3527 * ];
3528 * @endcode
3529 *
3530 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3531 *
3532 * @par Equivalent:
3533 * @code
3534 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3535 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3536 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3537 * 'skinStyles' => [
3538 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3539 * ],
3540 * ];
3541 * @endcode
3542 *
3543 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3544 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3545 *
3546 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3547 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3548 *
3549 * @par Example:
3550 * @code
3551 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3552 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3553 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3554 * 'skinStyles' => [
3555 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3556 * ],
3557 * ];
3558 * // Note the '+' character:
3559 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3560 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3561 * ];
3562 * @endcode
3563 *
3564 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3565 *
3566 * @par Equivalent:
3567 * @code
3568 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3569 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3570 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3571 * 'skinStyles' => [
3572 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3573 * 'foo' => [
3574 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3575 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3576 * ],
3577 * ],
3578 * ];
3579 * @endcode
3580 *
3581 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3582 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3583 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3584 *
3585 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3586 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3587 *
3588 * @par Example:
3589 * @code
3590 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3591 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3592 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3593 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3594 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3595 * ];
3596 * @endcode
3597 */
3598 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3599
3600 /**
3601 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3602 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3603 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3604 *
3605 * @par Example:
3606 * @code
3607 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3608 * @endcode
3609 */
3610 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3611
3612 /**
3613 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3614 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3615 */
3616 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3617
3618 /**
3619 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3620 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3621 *
3622 * Following options to distinguish:
3623 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3624 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3625 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3626 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3627 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3628 *
3629 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3630 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3631 * client and MediaWiki.
3632 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3633 */
3634 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3635 'versioned' => [
3636 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3637 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3638 ],
3639 'unversioned' => [
3640 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3641 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3642 ],
3643 ];
3644
3645 /**
3646 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3647 *
3648 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3649 */
3650 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3651
3652 /**
3653 * Put each statement on its own line when minifying JavaScript. This makes
3654 * debugging in non-debug mode a bit easier.
3655 *
3656 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always false; no longer configurable.
3657 */
3658 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierStatementsOnOwnLine = false;
3659
3660 /**
3661 * Maximum line length when minifying JavaScript. This is not a hard maximum:
3662 * the minifier will try not to produce lines longer than this, but may be
3663 * forced to do so in certain cases.
3664 *
3665 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always 1,000; no longer configurable.
3666 */
3667 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierMaxLineLength = 1000;
3668
3669 /**
3670 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3671 *
3672 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3673 */
3674 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3675
3676 /**
3677 * Use jQuery 3 (with jQuery Migrate) instead of jQuery 1.
3678 *
3679 * This is a temporary feature flag for the MediaWiki 1.29 development cycle while
3680 * instabilities with jQuery 3 are being addressed. See T124742.
3681 *
3682 * @deprecated since 1.29
3683 */
3684 $wgUsejQueryThree = true;
3685
3686 /**
3687 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3688 *
3689 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3690 * work.
3691 *
3692 * @par Example of legacy code:
3693 * @code{,js}
3694 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3695 * @endcode
3696 * or:
3697 * @code{,js}
3698 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3699 * @endcode
3700 *
3701 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3702 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3703 * @code{,js}
3704 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3705 * @endcode
3706 * or:
3707 * @code{,js}
3708 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3709 * @endcode
3710 */
3711 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3712
3713 /**
3714 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3715 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3716 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3717 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3718 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3719 * that you can't increase.
3720 *
3721 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3722 * string length limit.
3723 *
3724 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3725 */
3726 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3727
3728 /**
3729 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3730 * prior to minification to validate it.
3731 *
3732 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3733 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3734 */
3735 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3736
3737 /**
3738 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3739 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3740 *
3741 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3742 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3743 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3744 */
3745 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3746
3747 /**
3748 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3749 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3750 *
3751 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3752 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3753 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3754 *
3755 * Changes to LESS variables do not trigger cache invalidation.
3756 *
3757 * If the LESS variables need to be dynamic, you can use the
3758 * ResourceLoaderGetLessVars hook (since 1.25).
3759 *
3760 * @par Example:
3761 * @code
3762 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3763 * 'baseFontSize' => '1em',
3764 * 'smallFontSize' => '0.75em',
3765 * 'WikimediaBlue' => '#006699',
3766 * ];
3767 * @endcode
3768 * @since 1.22
3769 */
3770 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3771 /**
3772 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet/desktop
3773 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3774 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3775 * @since 1.27
3776 */
3777 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3778 ];
3779
3780 /**
3781 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3782 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3783 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3784 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3785 *
3786 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3787 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3788 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3789 * files from its own tree.
3790 *
3791 * @since 1.22
3792 */
3793 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3794 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3795 ];
3796
3797 /**
3798 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3799 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3800 */
3801 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3802
3803 /**
3804 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3805 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3806 *
3807 * @since 1.23
3808 */
3809 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3810
3811 /**
3812 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3813 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3814 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3815 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3816 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3817 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3818 * from the rest of the site.
3819 *
3820 * @since 1.25
3821 */
3822 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3823
3824 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3825
3826 /*************************************************************************//**
3827 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3828 * @{
3829 */
3830
3831 /**
3832 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3833 * used instead.
3834 */
3835 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3836
3837 /**
3838 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3839 *
3840 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3841 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3842 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3843 */
3844 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3845
3846 /**
3847 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3848 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3849 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3850 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3851 * hook or extension.json.
3852 *
3853 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3854 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3855 * the new namespace name.
3856 *
3857 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3858 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3859 *
3860 * @par Example:
3861 * @code
3862 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3863 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3864 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3865 * 102 => "Aide",
3866 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3867 * ];
3868 * @endcode
3869 *
3870 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3871 */
3872 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3873
3874 /**
3875 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3876 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3877 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3878 * @since 1.18
3879 */
3880 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3881
3882 /**
3883 * Namespace aliases.
3884 *
3885 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3886 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3887 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3888 * name.
3889 *
3890 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3891 *
3892 * @par Example:
3893 * @code
3894 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3895 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3896 * 'Help' => 100,
3897 * ];
3898 * @endcode
3899 */
3900 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3901
3902 /**
3903 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3904 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3905 *
3906 * Problematic punctuation:
3907 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3908 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3909 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3910 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3911 * corrupted by apache
3912 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3913 *
3914 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3915 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3916 *
3917 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3918 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3919 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3920 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3921 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3922 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3923 *
3924 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3925 *
3926 * Theoretically 0x80-0x9F of ISO 8859-1 should be disallowed, but
3927 * this breaks interlanguage links
3928 */
3929 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3930
3931 /**
3932 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3933 *
3934 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3935 */
3936 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3937
3938 /**
3939 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3940 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3941 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3942 *
3943 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3944 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3945 */
3946 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3947
3948 /**
3949 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3950 */
3951 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3952
3953 /**
3954 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3955 * @{
3956 */
3957
3958 /**
3959 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3960 * database (.cdb) file.
3961 *
3962 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3963 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3964 * formats such as the following:
3965 *
3966 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3967 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3968 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3969 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3970 *
3971 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3972 * data layout.
3973 *
3974 * @var bool|array|string
3975 */
3976 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3977
3978 /**
3979 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3980 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3981 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3982 * - 3: site levels
3983 */
3984 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3985
3986 /**
3987 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3988 */
3989 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3990
3991 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3992
3993 /**
3994 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
3995 * @{
3996 */
3997
3998 /**
3999 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
4000 */
4001 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
4002
4003 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
4004
4005 /**
4006 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
4007 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
4008 * as 'redirected from' links.
4009 *
4010 * @par Example:
4011 * It might look something like this:
4012 * @code
4013 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
4014 * @endcode
4015 *
4016 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
4017 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
4018 * the URL.
4019 */
4020 $wgRedirectSources = false;
4021
4022 /**
4023 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4024 *
4025 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4026 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4027 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4028 */
4029 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4030
4031 /**
4032 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
4033 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
4034 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
4035 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
4036 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
4037 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
4038 * NS_FILE.
4039 *
4040 * @par Example:
4041 * @code
4042 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4043 * @endcode
4044 */
4045 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4046
4047 /**
4048 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4049 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4050 */
4051 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4052 NS_TALK => true,
4053 NS_USER => true,
4054 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4055 NS_PROJECT => true,
4056 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4057 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4058 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4059 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4060 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4061 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4062 NS_HELP => true,
4063 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4064 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4065 ];
4066
4067 /**
4068 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4069 *
4070 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4071 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4072 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4073 *
4074 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4075 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4076 *
4077 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4078 * the new extension registration system.
4079 *
4080 * @since 1.23
4081 */
4082 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4083
4084 /**
4085 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4086 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4087 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4088 * number of articles in the wiki.
4089 */
4090 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4091
4092 /**
4093 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4094 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4095 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4096 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4097 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4098 */
4099 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4100
4101 /**
4102 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4103 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4104 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4105 */
4106 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4107
4108 /**
4109 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4110 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4111 * will make the redirect fail.
4112 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4113 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4114 *
4115 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4116 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4117 */
4118 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4119
4120 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4121
4122 /************************************************************************//**
4123 * @name Parser settings
4124 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4125 * @{
4126 */
4127
4128 /**
4129 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4130 *
4131 * class The class name
4132 *
4133 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4134 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4135 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4136 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4137 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4138 *
4139 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4140 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4141 *
4142 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4143 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4144 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4145 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4146 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4147 * an extension setup function.
4148 */
4149 $wgParserConf = [
4150 'class' => 'Parser',
4151 # 'preprocessorClass' => 'Preprocessor_Hash',
4152 ];
4153
4154 /**
4155 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4156 */
4157 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4158
4159 /**
4160 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4161 * by PPFrame::expand()
4162 */
4163 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4164
4165 /**
4166 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4167 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4168 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4169 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4170 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4171 *
4172 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4173 */
4174 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4175
4176 /**
4177 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4178 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4179 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4180 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4181 */
4182 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4183
4184 /**
4185 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4186 */
4187 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4188
4189 /**
4190 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4191 *
4192 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4193 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4194 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4195 * more information.
4196 *
4197 * @see wfParseUrl
4198 */
4199 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4200 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4201 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4202 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4203 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4204 ];
4205
4206 /**
4207 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4208 */
4209 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4210
4211 /**
4212 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4213 */
4214 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4215
4216 /**
4217 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4218 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4219 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4220 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4221 *
4222 * @par Examples:
4223 * @code
4224 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4225 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4226 * @endcode
4227 */
4228 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4229
4230 /**
4231 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4232 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4233 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4234 * The image will be displayed.
4235 *
4236 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4237 * Or false to disable it
4238 */
4239 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4240
4241 /**
4242 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4243 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4244 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4245 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4246 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4247 * sites they control.
4248 */
4249 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4250
4251 /**
4252 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4253 * array to enable an external tool. Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" is typically
4254 * used. See https://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4255 *
4256 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4257 * parameters will be used instead.
4258 *
4259 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4260 *
4261 * Keys are:
4262 * - driver: May be:
4263 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4264 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4265 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4266 * - Html5Depurate: Use external Depurate service
4267 * - Html5Internal: Use the Balancer library in PHP
4268 * - RemexHtml: Use the RemexHtml library in PHP
4269 *
4270 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4271 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4272 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4273 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4274 */
4275 $wgTidyConfig = null;
4276
4277 /**
4278 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4279 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4280 */
4281 $wgUseTidy = false;
4282
4283 /**
4284 * The path to the tidy binary.
4285 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4286 */
4287 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4288
4289 /**
4290 * The path to the tidy config file
4291 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4292 */
4293 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4294
4295 /**
4296 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4297 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4298 */
4299 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4300
4301 /**
4302 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4303 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4304 */
4305 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4306
4307 /**
4308 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4309 * Only works for internal tidy.
4310 */
4311 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4312
4313 /**
4314 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4315 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4316 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4317 */
4318 $wgRawHtml = false;
4319
4320 /**
4321 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4322 *
4323 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4324 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4325 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4326 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4327 * to some of your users.
4328 */
4329 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4330
4331 /**
4332 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4333 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4334 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4335 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4336 */
4337 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4338
4339 /**
4340 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4341 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4342 */
4343 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4344
4345 /**
4346 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4347 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4348 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4349 *
4350 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4351 *
4352 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4353 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4354 * etc.
4355 *
4356 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4357 */
4358 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4359
4360 /**
4361 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4362 */
4363 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4364
4365 /**
4366 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4367 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4368 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4369 */
4370 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4371
4372 /**
4373 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4374 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4375 */
4376 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4377
4378 /**
4379 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4380 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4381 */
4382 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4383
4384 /**
4385 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4386 */
4387 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4388
4389 /**
4390 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4391 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4392 */
4393 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4394
4395 /**
4396 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4397 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4398 *
4399 * @since 1.28
4400 */
4401 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4402 'ISBN' => false,
4403 'PMID' => false,
4404 'RFC' => false
4405 ];
4406
4407 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4408
4409 /************************************************************************//**
4410 * @name Statistics
4411 * @{
4412 */
4413
4414 /**
4415 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4416 * as a valid article.
4417 *
4418 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4419 *
4420 * This variable can have the following values:
4421 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4422 * - 'comma': the page must contain a comma to be considered valid
4423 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4424 *
4425 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4426 *
4427 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4428 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4429 * script.
4430 */
4431 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4432
4433 /**
4434 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4435 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4436 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4437 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4438 * numbers between different wikis.
4439 */
4440 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4441
4442 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4443
4444 /************************************************************************//**
4445 * @name User accounts, authentication
4446 * @{
4447 */
4448
4449 /**
4450 * Central ID lookup providers
4451 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4452 * @since 1.27
4453 */
4454 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4455 'local' => [ 'class' => 'LocalIdLookup' ],
4456 ];
4457
4458 /**
4459 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4460 * @var string
4461 */
4462 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4463
4464 /**
4465 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4466 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4467 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4468 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4469 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4470 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4471 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4472 * Statements:
4473 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4474 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4475 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4476 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4477 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4478 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4479 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4480 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4481 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4482 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4483 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4484 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4485 * @since 1.26
4486 */
4487 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4488 'policies' => [
4489 'bureaucrat' => [
4490 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4491 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4492 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4493 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4494 ],
4495 'sysop' => [
4496 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4497 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4498 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4499 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4500 ],
4501 'bot' => [
4502 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4503 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4504 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4505 ],
4506 'default' => [
4507 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4508 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4509 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4510 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4511 ],
4512 ],
4513 'checks' => [
4514 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4515 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4516 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4517 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4518 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4519 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4520 ],
4521 ];
4522
4523 /**
4524 * Configure AuthManager
4525 *
4526 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4527 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4528 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4529 * (default is 0).
4530 *
4531 * Elements are:
4532 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4533 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4534 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4535 *
4536 * @since 1.27
4537 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4538 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4539 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4540 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4541 */
4542 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4543
4544 /**
4545 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4546 * @since 1.27
4547 */
4548 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4549 'preauth' => [
4550 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4551 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4552 'sort' => 0,
4553 ],
4554 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4555 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4556 'sort' => 0,
4557 ],
4558 ],
4559 'primaryauth' => [
4560 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4561 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4562 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4563 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4564 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4565 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4566 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4567 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4568 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4569 'args' => [ [
4570 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4571 'authoritative' => false,
4572 ] ],
4573 'sort' => 0,
4574 ],
4575 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4576 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4577 'args' => [ [
4578 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4579 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4580 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4581 // password") if it too fails.
4582 'authoritative' => true,
4583 ] ],
4584 'sort' => 100,
4585 ],
4586 ],
4587 'secondaryauth' => [
4588 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4589 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4590 'sort' => 0,
4591 ],
4592 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4593 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4594 'sort' => 100,
4595 ],
4596 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4597 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4598 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4599 // 'sort' => 100,
4600 // ],
4601 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4602 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4603 'sort' => 200,
4604 ],
4605 ],
4606 ];
4607
4608 /**
4609 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4610 *
4611 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4612 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4613 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4614 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4615 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4616 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4617 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4618 * that needs to do this.
4619 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4620 * the last X seconds.
4621 * - Come up with a third option.
4622 *
4623 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4624 * "X seconds".
4625 *
4626 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4627 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4628 * - LinkAccounts
4629 * - UnlinkAccount
4630 * - ChangeCredentials
4631 * - RemoveCredentials
4632 * - ChangeEmail
4633 *
4634 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4635 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4636 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4637 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4638 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4639 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4640 *
4641 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4642 *
4643 * @since 1.27
4644 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4645 */
4646 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4647 'default' => 300,
4648 ];
4649
4650 /**
4651 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4652 *
4653 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4654 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4655 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4656 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4657 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4658 *
4659 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4660 *
4661 * @since 1.27
4662 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4663 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4664 */
4665 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4666 'default' => true,
4667 ];
4668
4669 /**
4670 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4671 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4672 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4673 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4674 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4675 * @since 1.27
4676 * @var string[]
4677 */
4678 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4679 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4680 ];
4681
4682 /**
4683 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4684 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4685 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4686 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4687 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4688 * @since 1.27
4689 * @var string[]
4690 */
4691 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4692 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4693 ];
4694
4695 /**
4696 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4697 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4698 */
4699 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4700
4701 /**
4702 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4703 * words are allowed.
4704 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4705 */
4706 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4707
4708 /**
4709 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4710 *
4711 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4712 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4713 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4714 *
4715 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4716 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4717 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4718 */
4719 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4720
4721 /**
4722 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4723 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4724 * @since 1.23
4725 */
4726 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4727
4728 /**
4729 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4730 *
4731 * @since 1.24
4732 */
4733 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4734
4735 /**
4736 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4737 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4738 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4739 *
4740 * An advanced example:
4741 * @code
4742 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4743 * 'class' => 'EncryptedPassword',
4744 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4745 * 'secrets' => [],
4746 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4747 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4748 * 'cost' => 5,
4749 * ];
4750 * @endcode
4751 *
4752 * @since 1.24
4753 */
4754 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4755 'A' => [
4756 'class' => 'MWOldPassword',
4757 ],
4758 'B' => [
4759 'class' => 'MWSaltedPassword',
4760 ],
4761 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4762 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4763 'types' => [
4764 'A',
4765 'pbkdf2',
4766 ],
4767 ],
4768 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4769 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4770 'types' => [
4771 'B',
4772 'pbkdf2',
4773 ],
4774 ],
4775 'bcrypt' => [
4776 'class' => 'BcryptPassword',
4777 'cost' => 9,
4778 ],
4779 'pbkdf2' => [
4780 'class' => 'Pbkdf2Password',
4781 'algo' => 'sha512',
4782 'cost' => '30000',
4783 'length' => '64',
4784 ],
4785 ];
4786
4787 /**
4788 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4789 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4790 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4791 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4792 */
4793 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4794 'username' => true,
4795 'email' => true,
4796 ];
4797
4798 /**
4799 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4800 */
4801 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4802
4803 /**
4804 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4805 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4806 */
4807 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4808
4809 /**
4810 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4811 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4812 */
4813 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4814 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4815 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4816 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4817 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4818 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4819 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter when importing revisions with no author
4820 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4821 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4822 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4823 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4824 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4825 ];
4826
4827 /**
4828 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4829 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4830 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4831 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4832 */
4833 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4834 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4835 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4836 'date' => 'default',
4837 'diffonly' => 0,
4838 'disablemail' => 0,
4839 'editfont' => 'default',
4840 'editondblclick' => 0,
4841 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4842 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4843 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4844 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4845 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4846 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4847 'fancysig' => 0,
4848 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4849 'gender' => 'unknown',
4850 'hideminor' => 0,
4851 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4852 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4853 'imagesize' => 2,
4854 'math' => 1,
4855 'minordefault' => 0,
4856 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4857 'nickname' => '',
4858 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4859 'numberheadings' => 0,
4860 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4861 'previewontop' => 1,
4862 'rcdays' => 7,
4863 'rcenhancedfilters' => 0,
4864 'rclimit' => 50,
4865 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4866 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4867 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4868 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4869 'skin' => false,
4870 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4871 'thumbsize' => 5,
4872 'underline' => 2,
4873 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4874 'usenewrc' => 1,
4875 'watchcreations' => 1,
4876 'watchdefault' => 1,
4877 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4878 'watchuploads' => 1,
4879 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4880 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4881 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4882 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4883 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4884 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4885 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4886 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4887 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4888 'watchmoves' => 0,
4889 'watchrollback' => 0,
4890 'wllimit' => 250,
4891 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4892 'prefershttps' => 1,
4893 ];
4894
4895 /**
4896 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4897 */
4898 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4899
4900 /**
4901 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4902 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4903 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4904 */
4905 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4906
4907 /**
4908 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4909 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4910 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4911 *
4912 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4913 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4914 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4915 */
4916 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4917
4918 /**
4919 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4920 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4921 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4922 * @since 1.17
4923 */
4924 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4925
4926 /**
4927 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4928 *
4929 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4930 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4931 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4932 *
4933 * @since 1.27
4934 * @var string|null
4935 */
4936 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4937
4938 /**
4939 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4940 *
4941 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4942 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4943 *
4944 * @since 1.27
4945 */
4946 $wgSessionProviders = [
4947 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4948 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4949 'args' => [ [
4950 'priority' => 30,
4951 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4952 ] ],
4953 ],
4954 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4955 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4956 'args' => [ [
4957 'priority' => 75,
4958 ] ],
4959 ],
4960 ];
4961
4962 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4963
4964 /************************************************************************//**
4965 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4966 * @{
4967 */
4968
4969 /**
4970 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4971 */
4972 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4973
4974 /**
4975 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4976 */
4977 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4978
4979 /**
4980 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4981 */
4982 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4983
4984 /**
4985 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4986 *
4987 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4988 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4989 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4990 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4991 *
4992 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
4993 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
4994 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
4995 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
4996 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
4997 */
4998 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
4999 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
5000 'IPv6' => 19,
5001 ];
5002
5003 /**
5004 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
5005 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
5006 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
5007 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
5008 * anonymous visitors.
5009 */
5010 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5011
5012 /**
5013 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5014 *
5015 * @par Example:
5016 * @code
5017 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5018 * @endcode
5019 *
5020 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5021 *
5022 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5023 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5024 *
5025 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5026 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5027 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5028 */
5029 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5030
5031 /**
5032 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5033 *
5034 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5035 * is without underscore.
5036 *
5037 * @par Example:
5038 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5039 * @code
5040 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5041 * @endcode
5042 *
5043 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5044 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5045 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5046 *
5047 * @par Example:
5048 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5049 * @code
5050 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5051 * @endcode
5052 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5053 *
5054 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5055 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5056 */
5057 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5058
5059 /**
5060 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5061 * address before being allowed to edit?
5062 */
5063 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5064
5065 /**
5066 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5067 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5068 */
5069 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5070
5071 /**
5072 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5073 *
5074 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5075 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5076 *
5077 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5078 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5079 *
5080 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5081 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5082 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5083 * in in the user_groups table.
5084 *
5085 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5086 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5087 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5088 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5089 *
5090 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5091 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5092 *
5093 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5094 */
5095 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5096
5097 /** @cond file_level_code */
5098 // Implicit group for all visitors
5099 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5100 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5101 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5102 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5103 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5104 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5105 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5106 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5107 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5108 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5109 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5110 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5111 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5112 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5113
5114 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5115 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5116 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5117 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5118 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5119 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5120 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5121 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5122 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5123 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5124 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5129 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5134
5135 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5136 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5138
5139 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5140 // from various log pages by default
5141 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5144 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5147 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5148 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5149
5150 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5151 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5152 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5154 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5155 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5156 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5157 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5158 // can view deleted revision text
5159 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5160 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5161 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5162 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5163 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5164 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5165 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5166 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5167 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5168 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5169 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5170 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5171 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5172 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5173 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5174 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5175 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5176 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5177 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5178 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5179 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5180 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5181 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5182 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5183 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5184 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5185 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5186 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5187 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5188 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5189 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5190 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5191 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5192 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5193 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5194 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5195
5196 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5197 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5198 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5199 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5200 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5201 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5202 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5203
5204 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5205 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5206 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5207 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5208 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5209 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5210 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5211 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5212 // For private suppression log access
5213 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5214
5215 /**
5216 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5217 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5218 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5219 * server.
5220 */
5221 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5222
5223 /** @endcond */
5224
5225 /**
5226 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5227 *
5228 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5229 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5230 *
5231 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5232 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5233 */
5234 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5235
5236 /**
5237 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5238 */
5239 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5240
5241 /**
5242 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5243 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5244 *
5245 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5246 * group".
5247 *
5248 * @par Example:
5249 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5250 * @code
5251 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5252 * @endcode
5253 *
5254 * @par Example:
5255 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5256 * @code
5257 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5258 * @endcode
5259 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5260 * any group that they happen to be in.
5261 */
5262 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5263
5264 /**
5265 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5266 */
5267 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5268
5269 /**
5270 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5271 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5272 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5273 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5274 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5275 */
5276 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5277
5278 /**
5279 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5280 *
5281 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5282 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5283 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5284 *
5285 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5286 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5287 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5288 */
5289 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5290
5291 /**
5292 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5293 *
5294 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5295 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5296 *
5297 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5298 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5299 */
5300 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5301
5302 /**
5303 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5304 *
5305 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5306 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5307 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5308 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5309 * "semiprotected".
5310 *
5311 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5312 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5313 */
5314 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5315
5316 /**
5317 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5318 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5319 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5320 *
5321 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5322 */
5323 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5324
5325 /**
5326 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5327 *
5328 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5329 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5330 *
5331 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5332 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5333 */
5334 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5335
5336 /**
5337 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5338 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5339 * privileges of new accounts.
5340 *
5341 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5342 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5343 *
5344 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5345 *
5346 * @par Example:
5347 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5348 * @code
5349 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5350 * @endcode
5351 * Set age to one day:
5352 * @code
5353 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5354 * @endcode
5355 */
5356 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5357
5358 /**
5359 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5360 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5361 *
5362 * @par Example:
5363 * @code
5364 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5365 * @endcode
5366 */
5367 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5368
5369 /**
5370 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5371 *
5372 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5373 *
5374 * $wgAutopromote = array(
5375 * 'groupname' => cond,
5376 * 'group2' => cond2,
5377 * );
5378 *
5379 * A `cond` may be:
5380 * - a single condition without arguments:
5381 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5382 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5383 * array( `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` )
5384 * - a single condition with arguments:
5385 * e.g. `array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 )`
5386 * - a set of conditions:
5387 * e.g. `array( 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... )`
5388 *
5389 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5390 * - `&` (**AND**):
5391 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5392 * - `|` (**OR**):
5393 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5394 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5395 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5396 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5397 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5398 * - array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ):
5399 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5400 * - array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ):
5401 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5402 * - array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ):
5403 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5404 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5405 * - array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ):
5406 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5407 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5408 * - array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ):
5409 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5410 * - array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ):
5411 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5412 * - array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ):
5413 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5414 * - array( APCOND_BLOCKED ):
5415 * true if the user is blocked
5416 * - array( APCOND_ISBOT ):
5417 * true if the user is a bot
5418 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5419 *
5420 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5421 * linked by operands.
5422 *
5423 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5424 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5425 */
5426 $wgAutopromote = [
5427 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5428 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5429 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5430 ],
5431 ];
5432
5433 /**
5434 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5435 *
5436 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5437 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5438 *
5439 * The format is:
5440 * @code
5441 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5442 * @endcode
5443 * Where event is either:
5444 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5445 *
5446 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5447 *
5448 * @see $wgAutopromote
5449 * @since 1.18
5450 */
5451 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5452 'onEdit' => [],
5453 ];
5454
5455 /**
5456 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5457 * @since 1.18
5458 */
5459 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5460
5461 /**
5462 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5463 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5464 *
5465 * @par Example:
5466 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5467 * @code
5468 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5469 * @endcode
5470 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5471 * @code
5472 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5473 * @endcode
5474 * Sysops can make bots:
5475 * @code
5476 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5477 * @endcode
5478 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5479 * @code
5480 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5481 * @endcode
5482 */
5483 $wgAddGroups = [];
5484
5485 /**
5486 * @see $wgAddGroups
5487 */
5488 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5489
5490 /**
5491 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5492 * For extensions only.
5493 */
5494 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5495
5496 /**
5497 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5498 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5499 */
5500 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5501
5502 /**
5503 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5504 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5505 * This is limited for performance reason.
5506 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5507 * @since 1.23
5508 */
5509 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5510
5511 /**
5512 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5513 *
5514 * @par Example:
5515 * @code
5516 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5517 * // no more than 100 per month
5518 * [
5519 * 'count' => 100,
5520 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5521 * ],
5522 * // no more than 10 per day
5523 * [
5524 * 'count' => 10,
5525 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5526 * ],
5527 * ];
5528 * @endcode
5529 *
5530 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5531 */
5532 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5533 'count' => 0,
5534 'seconds' => 86400,
5535 ] ];
5536
5537 /**
5538 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5539 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5540 *
5541 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5542 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5543 *
5544 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5545 *
5546 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5547 */
5548 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5549
5550 /**
5551 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5552 */
5553 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5554
5555 /**
5556 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5557 * proxies
5558 * @since 1.16
5559 */
5560 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5561
5562 /**
5563 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5564 *
5565 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5566 * the blacklist require a key).
5567 *
5568 * @par Example:
5569 * @code
5570 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5571 * // String containing URL
5572 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5573 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5574 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5575 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5576 * // just use a string as shown above
5577 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5578 * ];
5579 * @endcode
5580 *
5581 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5582 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5583 * @since 1.16
5584 */
5585 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5586
5587 /**
5588 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5589 * what the other methods might say.
5590 */
5591 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5592
5593 /**
5594 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5595 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5596 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5597 * @since 1.29
5598 * @var string[]
5599 */
5600 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5601
5602 /**
5603 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5604 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5605 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5606 */
5607 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5608
5609 /**
5610 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5611 *
5612 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5613 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5614 * elapses.
5615 *
5616 * @par Example:
5617 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5618 * @code
5619 * $wgRateLimits = [
5620 * 'edit' => [
5621 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5622 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5623 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5624 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5625 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5626 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5627 * ]
5628 * ];
5629 * @endcode
5630 *
5631 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5632 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5633 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5634 * @code
5635 * $wgRateLimits = [
5636 * 'some-action' => [
5637 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5638 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5639 * ];
5640 * @endcode
5641 *
5642 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5643 */
5644 $wgRateLimits = [
5645 // Page edits
5646 'edit' => [
5647 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5648 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5649 ],
5650 // Page moves
5651 'move' => [
5652 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5653 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5654 ],
5655 // File uploads
5656 'upload' => [
5657 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5658 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5659 ],
5660 // Page rollbacks
5661 'rollback' => [
5662 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5663 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5664 ],
5665 // Triggering password resets emails
5666 'mailpassword' => [
5667 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5668 ],
5669 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5670 'emailuser' => [
5671 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5672 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5673 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5674 ],
5675 // Purging pages
5676 'purge' => [
5677 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5678 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5679 ],
5680 // Purges of link tables
5681 'linkpurge' => [
5682 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5683 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5684 ],
5685 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5686 'renderfile' => [
5687 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5688 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5689 ],
5690 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5691 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5692 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5693 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5694 ],
5695 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5696 'stashedit' => [
5697 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5698 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5699 ],
5700 // Adding or removing change tags
5701 'changetag' => [
5702 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5703 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5704 ],
5705 // Changing the content model of a page
5706 'editcontentmodel' => [
5707 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5708 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5709 ],
5710 ];
5711
5712 /**
5713 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5714 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5715 */
5716 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5717
5718 /**
5719 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5720 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5721 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5722 */
5723 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5724
5725 /**
5726 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5727 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5728 */
5729 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5730
5731 /**
5732 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5733 *
5734 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5735 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5736 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5737 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5738 *
5739 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5740 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5741 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5742 */
5743 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5744 // Short term limit
5745 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5746 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5747 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5748 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5749 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60*60*48 ],
5750 ];
5751
5752 /**
5753 * @var Array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5754 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5755 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5756 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5757 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5758 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5759 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5760 * @since 1.27
5761 */
5762 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5763
5764 // @TODO: clean up grants
5765 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5766
5767 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5768 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5769 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5770 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5771 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5772 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5773 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5774 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5775 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5776 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5777
5778 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5779 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5780 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5781 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5782
5783 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5784 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5785 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5786 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5787
5788 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5789 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5790
5791 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5792 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5793 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5794
5795 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5796
5797 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5798 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5799 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5800 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5801
5802 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5803 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5804 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5805 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5806 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5807 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5808 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5809
5810 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5811 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5812
5813 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5814 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5815 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5816 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5817 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5818 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5819
5820 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5821
5822 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5823
5824 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5825 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5826
5827 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5828 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5829 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5830
5831 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5832
5833 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5834 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5835 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5836 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5837 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5838 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5839 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5840
5841 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5842 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5843
5844 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5845
5846 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5847
5848 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5849
5850 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5851
5852 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5853
5854 /**
5855 * @var Array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5856 * @since 1.27
5857 */
5858 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5859 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5860 'basic' => 'hidden',
5861
5862 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5863 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5864 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5865 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5866
5867 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5868 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5869
5870 'sendemail' => 'email',
5871
5872 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5873 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5874
5875 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5876 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5877
5878 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5879 'rollback' => 'administration',
5880 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5881 'delete' => 'administration',
5882 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5883 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5884 'protect' => 'administration',
5885 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5886
5887 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5888
5889 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5890 ];
5891
5892 /**
5893 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5894 * @since 1.27
5895 */
5896 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5897
5898 /**
5899 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5900 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5901 * @since 1.27
5902 */
5903 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5904
5905 /**
5906 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5907 *
5908 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5909 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5910 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5911 * @since 1.27
5912 */
5913 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5914
5915 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5916
5917 /************************************************************************//**
5918 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5919 * @{
5920 */
5921
5922 /**
5923 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5924 */
5925 $wgSecretKey = false;
5926
5927 /**
5928 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5929 *
5930 * This can have the following formats:
5931 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5932 * or the keys (for backward compatibility, deprecated since 1.30)
5933 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5934 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5935 */
5936 $wgProxyList = [];
5937
5938 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5939
5940 /************************************************************************//**
5941 * @name Cookie settings
5942 * @{
5943 */
5944
5945 /**
5946 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5947 */
5948 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
5949
5950 /**
5951 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5952 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5953 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5954 * login cookies session-only.
5955 */
5956 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5957
5958 /**
5959 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5960 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5961 */
5962 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5963
5964 /**
5965 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5966 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5967 */
5968 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5969
5970 /**
5971 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5972 * - true: Set secure flag
5973 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5974 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5975 */
5976 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
5977
5978 /**
5979 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
5980 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
5981 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
5982 * check.
5983 */
5984 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
5985
5986 /**
5987 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
5988 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
5989 * name to be used as a prefix.
5990 */
5991 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
5992
5993 /**
5994 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
5995 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
5996 * XSS attack.
5997 */
5998 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
5999
6000 /**
6001 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6002 */
6003 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6004
6005 /**
6006 * Override to customise the session name
6007 */
6008 $wgSessionName = false;
6009
6010 /**
6011 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6012 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6013 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6014 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6015 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6016 */
6017 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6018
6019 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6020
6021 /************************************************************************//**
6022 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6023 * @{
6024 */
6025
6026 /**
6027 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6028 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6029 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6030 * Please see math/README for more information.
6031 */
6032 $wgUseTeX = false;
6033
6034 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6035
6036 /************************************************************************//**
6037 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6038 *
6039 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
6040 *
6041 * @{
6042 */
6043
6044 /**
6045 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6046 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6047 * may contain private data.
6048 */
6049 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6050
6051 /**
6052 * Prefix for debug log lines
6053 */
6054 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6055
6056 /**
6057 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6058 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6059 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6060 */
6061 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6062
6063 /**
6064 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6065 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6066 * and gen=js requests.
6067 */
6068 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6069
6070 /**
6071 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6072 *
6073 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6074 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6075 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6076 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6077 */
6078 $wgDebugComments = false;
6079
6080 /**
6081 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6082 *
6083 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6084 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6085 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6086 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6087 */
6088 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6089
6090 /**
6091 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6092 *
6093 * @since 1.26
6094 */
6095 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6096 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6097 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6098 'GET' => [
6099 'masterConns' => 0,
6100 'writes' => 0,
6101 'readQueryTime' => 5
6102 ],
6103 // HTTP POST requests.
6104 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6105 'POST' => [
6106 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6107 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6108 'maxAffected' => 1000
6109 ],
6110 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6111 'masterConns' => 0,
6112 'writes' => 0,
6113 'readQueryTime' => 5
6114 ],
6115 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent
6116 'PostSend' => [
6117 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6118 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6119 'maxAffected' => 1000
6120 ],
6121 // Background job runner
6122 'JobRunner' => [
6123 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6124 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6125 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6126 ],
6127 // Command-line scripts
6128 'Maintenance' => [
6129 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6130 'maxAffected' => 1000
6131 ]
6132 ];
6133
6134 /**
6135 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6136 *
6137 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6138 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6139 * in production.
6140 *
6141 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6142 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6143 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6144 * - associative array with keys:
6145 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6146 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6147 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6148 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6149 *
6150 * @par Example:
6151 * @code
6152 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6153 * @endcode
6154 *
6155 * @par Advanced example:
6156 * @code
6157 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6158 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6159 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6160 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6161 * ];
6162 * @endcode
6163 */
6164 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6165
6166 /**
6167 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6168 *
6169 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6170 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6171 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6172 * details.
6173 *
6174 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6175 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6176 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6177 *
6178 * @par To completely disable logging:
6179 * @code
6180 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\NullSpi' ];
6181 * @endcode
6182 *
6183 * @since 1.25
6184 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6185 * @see MwLogger
6186 */
6187 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6188 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\LegacySpi',
6189 ];
6190
6191 /**
6192 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6193 *
6194 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6195 */
6196 $wgShowDebug = false;
6197
6198 /**
6199 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6200 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6201 */
6202 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6203
6204 /**
6205 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6206 */
6207 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6208
6209 /**
6210 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6211 */
6212 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6213
6214 /**
6215 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6216 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6217 * to an attacker.
6218 */
6219 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6220
6221 /**
6222 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6223 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6224 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6225 * formatting.
6226 */
6227 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6228
6229 /**
6230 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6231 *
6232 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6233 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6234 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6235 * exception handler.
6236 */
6237 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6238
6239 /**
6240 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6241 */
6242 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6243
6244 /**
6245 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6246 */
6247 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6248
6249 /**
6250 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6251 * Should be a string, default false.
6252 * @since 1.20
6253 */
6254 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6255
6256 /**
6257 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6258 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6259 */
6260 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6261
6262 /**
6263 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6264 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6265 * after the limit.
6266 */
6267 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6268
6269 /**
6270 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6271 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6272 */
6273 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6274
6275 /**
6276 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6277 *
6278 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6279 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6280 */
6281 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6282
6283 /**
6284 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6285 *
6286 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6287 *
6288 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6289 *
6290 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6291 * @since 1.25
6292 */
6293 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6294
6295 /**
6296 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6297 *
6298 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6299 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6300 * @since 1.25
6301 */
6302 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6303
6304 /**
6305 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6306 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6307 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6308 * @since 1.28
6309 */
6310 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [];
6311
6312 /**
6313 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6314 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6315 * templates.
6316 */
6317 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6318
6319 /**
6320 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6321 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6322 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6323 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6324 */
6325 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6326
6327 /**
6328 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6329 * filename is passed to it.
6330 *
6331 * Extensions may add their own tests to this array, or site-local tests
6332 * may be added via LocalSettings.php
6333 *
6334 * Use full paths.
6335 */
6336 $wgParserTestFiles = [
6337 "$IP/tests/parser/parserTests.txt",
6338 "$IP/tests/parser/extraParserTests.txt"
6339 ];
6340
6341 /**
6342 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6343 */
6344 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6345
6346 /**
6347 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6348 * @since 1.19
6349 */
6350 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6351
6352 /**
6353 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6354 * queries and other useful output.
6355 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6356 *
6357 * @since 1.19
6358 */
6359 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6360
6361 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6362
6363 /************************************************************************//**
6364 * @name Search
6365 * @{
6366 */
6367
6368 /**
6369 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6370 */
6371 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6372
6373 /**
6374 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6375 * by default off due to execution overhead
6376 */
6377 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6378
6379 /**
6380 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6381 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6382 */
6383 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6384
6385 /**
6386 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6387 *
6388 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6389 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6390 *
6391 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6392 *
6393 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6394 */
6395 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6396
6397 /**
6398 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6399 *
6400 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6401 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6402 *
6403 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6404 */
6405 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6406 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6407 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6408 ];
6409
6410 /**
6411 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6412 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6413 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6414 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6415 */
6416 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6417
6418 /**
6419 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6420 * OpenSearch call.
6421 */
6422 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6423
6424 /**
6425 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6426 */
6427 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6428
6429 /**
6430 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6431 */
6432 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6433
6434 /**
6435 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6436 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6437 */
6438 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6439
6440 /**
6441 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6442 *
6443 * @par Example:
6444 * @code
6445 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6446 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6447 * @endcode
6448 */
6449 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6450 NS_MAIN => true,
6451 ];
6452
6453 /**
6454 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6455 * implemented by an extension instead.
6456 */
6457 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6458
6459 /**
6460 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6461 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6462 * search term.
6463 *
6464 * @par Example:
6465 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6466 * @code
6467 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6468 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6469 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6470 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6471 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6472 * @endcode
6473 */
6474 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6475
6476 /**
6477 * Search form behavior.
6478 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6479 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6480 */
6481 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6482
6483 /**
6484 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6485 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6486 * generated for all namespaces.
6487 */
6488 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6489
6490 /**
6491 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6492 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6493 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6494 *
6495 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6496 * @par Example:
6497 * @code
6498 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6499 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6500 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6501 * ];
6502 * @endcode
6503 */
6504 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6505
6506 /**
6507 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6508 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6509 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6510 */
6511 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6512
6513 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6514
6515 /************************************************************************//**
6516 * @name Edit user interface
6517 * @{
6518 */
6519
6520 /**
6521 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6522 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6523 */
6524 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6525
6526 /**
6527 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6528 */
6529 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6530
6531 /**
6532 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6533 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6534 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6535 */
6536 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6537 NS_CATEGORY => true
6538 ];
6539
6540 /**
6541 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6542 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6543 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6544 */
6545 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6546
6547 /**
6548 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6549 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6550 * ting this variable false.
6551 */
6552 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6553
6554 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6555
6556 /************************************************************************//**
6557 * @name Maintenance
6558 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6559 * @{
6560 */
6561
6562 /**
6563 * @cond file_level_code
6564 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6565 */
6566 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6567 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6568 }
6569 /** @endcond */
6570
6571 /**
6572 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6573 */
6574 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6575
6576 /**
6577 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6578 * used as an explanation to users.
6579 *
6580 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6581 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6582 * option in MySQL.
6583 */
6584 $wgReadOnly = null;
6585
6586 /**
6587 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6588 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6589 * message.
6590 *
6591 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6592 */
6593 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6594
6595 /**
6596 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6597 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6598 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6599 *
6600 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6601 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6602 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6603 */
6604 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6605
6606 /**
6607 * Fully specified path to git binary
6608 */
6609 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6610
6611 /**
6612 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6613 *
6614 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6615 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6616 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6617 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6618 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6619 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6620 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6621 *
6622 * @since 1.20
6623 */
6624 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6625 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6626 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6627 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6628 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6629 ];
6630
6631 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6632
6633 /************************************************************************//**
6634 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6635 * @{
6636 */
6637
6638 /**
6639 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6640 * seconds will go.
6641 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6642 */
6643 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6644
6645 /**
6646 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6647 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6648 * @since 1.26
6649 */
6650 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6651
6652 /**
6653 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6654 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6655 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6656 * @since 1.26
6657 */
6658 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6659
6660 /**
6661 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6662 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6663 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6664 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6665 * is still there.
6666 */
6667 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6668
6669 /**
6670 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6671 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6672 */
6673 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6674
6675 /**
6676 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6677 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6678 */
6679 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6680
6681 /**
6682 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6683 *
6684 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6685 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6686 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6687 *
6688 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6689 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6690 * passed to the constructor.
6691 *
6692 * Common options:
6693 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6694 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6695 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6696 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6697 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6698 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6699 *
6700 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6701 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6702 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6703 * to determine which RCFeedEngine class to use.
6704 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6705 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6706 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6707 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6708 *
6709 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6710 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6711 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6712 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6713 *
6714 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6715 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6716 *
6717 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6718 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6719 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6720 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6721 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6722 * ];
6723 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6724 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6725 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6726 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6727 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6728 * ];
6729 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6730 * 'class' => 'ExampleRCFeed',
6731 * ];
6732 * @since 1.22
6733 */
6734 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6735
6736 /**
6737 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6738 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6739 * @since 1.22
6740 */
6741 $wgRCEngines = [
6742 'redis' => 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine',
6743 'udp' => 'UDPRCFeedEngine',
6744 ];
6745
6746 /**
6747 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6748 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6749 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6750 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6751 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6752 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6753 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6754 *
6755 * @since 1.27
6756 */
6757 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6758
6759 /**
6760 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6761 * New pages and new files are included.
6762 */
6763 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6764
6765 /**
6766 * Whether to allow users to save their RecentChanges filters
6767 */
6768 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersEnableSaving = true;
6769
6770 /**
6771 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6772 */
6773 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6774
6775 /**
6776 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6777 *
6778 * @since 1.27
6779 */
6780 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6781
6782 /**
6783 * Log autopatrol actions to the log table
6784 */
6785 $wgLogAutopatrol = true;
6786
6787 /**
6788 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6789 */
6790 $wgFeed = true;
6791
6792 /**
6793 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6794 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6795 */
6796 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6797
6798 /**
6799 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6800 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6801 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6802 *
6803 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6804 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6805 */
6806 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6807
6808 /**
6809 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6810 * pages larger than this size.
6811 */
6812 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6813
6814 /**
6815 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6816 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6817 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6818 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6819 * as value.
6820 * @par Example:
6821 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6822 * @code
6823 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6824 * @endcode
6825 */
6826 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6827
6828 /**
6829 * Available feeds objects.
6830 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6831 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6832 */
6833 $wgFeedClasses = [
6834 'rss' => 'RSSFeed',
6835 'atom' => 'AtomFeed',
6836 ];
6837
6838 /**
6839 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6840 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6841 */
6842 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6843
6844 /**
6845 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6846 */
6847 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6848
6849 /**
6850 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6851 */
6852 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6853
6854 /**
6855 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6856 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6857 * highlighted on the RC page.
6858 */
6859 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6860
6861 /**
6862 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6863 * view for watched pages with new changes
6864 */
6865 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6866
6867 /**
6868 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6869 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6870 */
6871 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6872
6873 /**
6874 * Enable filtering of categories in Recentchanges
6875 */
6876 $wgAllowCategorizedRecentChanges = false;
6877
6878 /**
6879 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6880 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6881 */
6882 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6883
6884 /**
6885 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6886 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6887 * watchers.
6888 *
6889 * @since 1.21
6890 */
6891 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6892
6893 /**
6894 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6895 * certain types of edits.
6896 *
6897 * To register a new one:
6898 * @code
6899 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
6900 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
6901 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
6902 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
6903 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
6904 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
6905 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
6906 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
6907 * 'class' => 'css-class',
6908 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
6909 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
6910 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
6911 * 'grouping' => 'any',
6912 * ];
6913 * @endcode
6914 *
6915 * @since 1.22
6916 */
6917 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
6918 'newpage' => [
6919 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
6920 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
6921 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
6922 'grouping' => 'any',
6923 ],
6924 'minor' => [
6925 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
6926 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
6927 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
6928 'class' => 'minoredit',
6929 'grouping' => 'all',
6930 ],
6931 'bot' => [
6932 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
6933 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
6934 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
6935 'class' => 'botedit',
6936 'grouping' => 'all',
6937 ],
6938 'unpatrolled' => [
6939 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
6940 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
6941 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
6942 'grouping' => 'any',
6943 ],
6944 ];
6945
6946 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
6947
6948 /************************************************************************//**
6949 * @name Copyright and credits settings
6950 * @{
6951 */
6952
6953 /**
6954 * Override for copyright metadata.
6955 *
6956 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
6957 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
6958 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
6959 */
6960 $wgRightsPage = null;
6961
6962 /**
6963 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
6964 * wiki.
6965 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
6966 */
6967 $wgRightsUrl = null;
6968
6969 /**
6970 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
6971 * link.
6972 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
6973 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
6974 */
6975 $wgRightsText = null;
6976
6977 /**
6978 * Override for copyright metadata.
6979 */
6980 $wgRightsIcon = null;
6981
6982 /**
6983 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
6984 */
6985 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
6986
6987 /**
6988 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
6989 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
6990 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
6991 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
6992 * large wikis.
6993 */
6994 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
6995
6996 /**
6997 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
6998 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
6999 */
7000 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7001
7002 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7003
7004 /************************************************************************//**
7005 * @name Import / Export
7006 * @{
7007 */
7008
7009 /**
7010 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7011 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7012 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7013 *
7014 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7015 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7016 * e.g.
7017 * @code
7018 * $wgImportSources = [
7019 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7020 * 'wikispecies',
7021 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7022 * ];
7023 * @endcode
7024 *
7025 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7026 * the ImportSources hook.
7027 *
7028 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7029 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7030 */
7031 $wgImportSources = [];
7032
7033 /**
7034 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7035 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7036 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7037 *
7038 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7039 */
7040 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7041
7042 /**
7043 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7044 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7045 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7046 */
7047 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7048
7049 /**
7050 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7051 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7052 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7053 */
7054 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7055
7056 /**
7057 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7058 */
7059 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7060
7061 /**
7062 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7063 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7064 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7065 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7066 * it's disabled by default for now.
7067 *
7068 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7069 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7070 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7071 */
7072 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7073
7074 /**
7075 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7076 */
7077 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7078
7079 /**
7080 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7081 */
7082 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7083
7084 /**
7085 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7086 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7087 *
7088 * @since 1.27
7089 */
7090 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7091
7092 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7093
7094 /*************************************************************************//**
7095 * @name Extensions
7096 * @{
7097 */
7098
7099 /**
7100 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7101 * initialised
7102 */
7103 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7104
7105 /**
7106 * Extension messages files.
7107 *
7108 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7109 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7110 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7111 * is the most common.
7112 *
7113 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7114 * in the core.
7115 *
7116 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7117 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7118 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7119 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7120 *
7121 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7122 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7123 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7124 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7125 *
7126 * @par Example:
7127 * @code
7128 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7129 * @endcode
7130 */
7131 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7132
7133 /**
7134 * Extension messages directories.
7135 *
7136 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7137 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7138 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7139 * message directories.
7140 *
7141 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7142 *
7143 * @par Simple example:
7144 * @code
7145 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7146 * @endcode
7147 *
7148 * @par Complex example:
7149 * @code
7150 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7151 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7152 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
7153 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7154 * ]
7155 * @endcode
7156 * @since 1.23
7157 */
7158 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7159
7160 /**
7161 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7162 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7163 * @since 1.22
7164 */
7165 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7166
7167 /**
7168 * Parser output hooks.
7169 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7170 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7171 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7172 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7173 *
7174 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7175 *
7176 * The callback has the form:
7177 * @code
7178 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7179 * @endcode
7180 */
7181 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7182
7183 /**
7184 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7185 */
7186 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7187
7188 /**
7189 * List of valid skin names
7190 *
7191 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7192 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7193 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7194 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7195 */
7196 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7197
7198 /**
7199 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7200 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7201 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7202 * SpecialPage.
7203 */
7204 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7205
7206 /**
7207 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7208 */
7209 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7210
7211 /**
7212 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7213 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7214 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7215 */
7216 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7217
7218 /**
7219 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7220 *
7221 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7222 *
7223 * @code
7224 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7225 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7226 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7227 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7228 * 'author' => [
7229 * 'Foo Barstein',
7230 * ],
7231 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7232 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7233 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7234 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0+',
7235 * ];
7236 * @endcode
7237 *
7238 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7239 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7240 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7241 * interpreted as wikitext.
7242 *
7243 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7244 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7245 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7246 *
7247 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7248 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7249 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7250 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7251 *
7252 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7253 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7254 * usually are.)
7255 *
7256 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7257 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7258 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7259 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7260 *
7261 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7262 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7263 *
7264 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7265 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7266 *
7267 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7268 * as "GPL-2.0+" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7269 */
7270 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7271
7272 /**
7273 * Authentication plugin.
7274 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7275 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7276 */
7277 $wgAuth = null;
7278
7279 /**
7280 * Global list of hooks.
7281 *
7282 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7283 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7284 * internally by Hook:run().
7285 *
7286 * The value can be one of:
7287 *
7288 * - A function name:
7289 * @code
7290 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7291 * @endcode
7292 * - A function with some data:
7293 * @code
7294 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7295 * @endcode
7296 * - A an object method:
7297 * @code
7298 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7299 * @endcode
7300 * - A closure:
7301 * @code
7302 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7303 * // Handler code goes here.
7304 * };
7305 * @endcode
7306 *
7307 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7308 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7309 *
7310 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7311 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7312 */
7313 $wgHooks = [];
7314
7315 /**
7316 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7317 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7318 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7319 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7320 * hook for that.
7321 *
7322 * @see MediaWikiServices
7323 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7324 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7325 */
7326 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7327 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7328 ];
7329
7330 /**
7331 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7332 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7333 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7334 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7335 */
7336 $wgJobClasses = [
7337 'refreshLinks' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7338 'deleteLinks' => 'DeleteLinksJob',
7339 'htmlCacheUpdate' => 'HTMLCacheUpdateJob',
7340 'sendMail' => 'EmaillingJob',
7341 'enotifNotify' => 'EnotifNotifyJob',
7342 'fixDoubleRedirect' => 'DoubleRedirectJob',
7343 'AssembleUploadChunks' => 'AssembleUploadChunksJob',
7344 'PublishStashedFile' => 'PublishStashedFileJob',
7345 'ThumbnailRender' => 'ThumbnailRenderJob',
7346 'recentChangesUpdate' => 'RecentChangesUpdateJob',
7347 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7348 'refreshLinksDynamic' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7349 'activityUpdateJob' => 'ActivityUpdateJob',
7350 'categoryMembershipChange' => 'CategoryMembershipChangeJob',
7351 'cdnPurge' => 'CdnPurgeJob',
7352 'enqueue' => 'EnqueueJob', // local queue for multi-DC setups
7353 'null' => 'NullJob'
7354 ];
7355
7356 /**
7357 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7358 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7359 *
7360 * These can be:
7361 * - Very long-running jobs.
7362 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7363 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7364 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7365 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7366 */
7367 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7368
7369 /**
7370 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7371 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7372 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7373 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7374 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7375 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7376 * @var float[]
7377 */
7378 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7379
7380 /**
7381 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7382 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7383 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7384 *
7385 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7386 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7387 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7388 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7389 *
7390 * @var float|bool
7391 * @since 1.26
7392 */
7393 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7394
7395 /**
7396 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7397 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7398 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7399 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7400 */
7401 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7402 'default' => [ 'class' => 'JobQueueDB', 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7403 ];
7404
7405 /**
7406 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7407 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7408 */
7409 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7410 'class' => 'JobQueueAggregatorNull'
7411 ];
7412
7413 /**
7414 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7415 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7416 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7417 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7418 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7419 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7420 * that limit is hit.
7421 *
7422 * @since 1.29
7423 */
7424 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7425
7426 /**
7427 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7428 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7429 */
7430 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7431 'Statistics' => [ 'SiteStatsUpdate', 'cacheUpdate' ]
7432 ];
7433
7434 /**
7435 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7436 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7437 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7438 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7439 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7440 */
7441 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7442 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7443 ];
7444
7445 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7446
7447 /*************************************************************************//**
7448 * @name Categories
7449 * @{
7450 */
7451
7452 /**
7453 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7454 */
7455 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7456
7457 /**
7458 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7459 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7460 */
7461 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7462
7463 /**
7464 * Paging limit for categories
7465 */
7466 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7467
7468 /**
7469 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7470 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7471 *
7472 * Available values are:
7473 *
7474 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7475 *
7476 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7477 *
7478 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7479 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7480 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7481 *
7482 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7483 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7484 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7485 * server.
7486 *
7487 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7488 * the sort keys in the database.
7489 *
7490 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7491 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7492 */
7493 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7494
7495 /** @} */ # End categories }
7496
7497 /*************************************************************************//**
7498 * @name Logging
7499 * @{
7500 */
7501
7502 /**
7503 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7504 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7505 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7506 * log type.
7507 */
7508 $wgLogTypes = [
7509 '',
7510 'block',
7511 'protect',
7512 'rights',
7513 'delete',
7514 'upload',
7515 'move',
7516 'import',
7517 'patrol',
7518 'merge',
7519 'suppress',
7520 'tag',
7521 'managetags',
7522 'contentmodel',
7523 ];
7524
7525 /**
7526 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7527 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7528 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7529 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7530 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7531 */
7532 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7533 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7534 ];
7535
7536 /**
7537 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7538 *
7539 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7540 *
7541 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7542 *
7543 * @par Example:
7544 * @code
7545 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7546 * @endcode
7547 *
7548 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7549 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7550 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7551 *
7552 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7553 * for the link text.
7554 */
7555 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7556 'patrol' => true,
7557 'tag' => true,
7558 ];
7559
7560 /**
7561 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7562 * will be listed in the user interface.
7563 *
7564 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7565 *
7566 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7567 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7568 */
7569 $wgLogNames = [
7570 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7571 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7572 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7573 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7574 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7575 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7576 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7577 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7578 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7579 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7580 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7581 ];
7582
7583 /**
7584 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7585 * top of each log type.
7586 *
7587 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7588 *
7589 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7590 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7591 */
7592 $wgLogHeaders = [
7593 '' => 'alllogstext',
7594 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7595 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7596 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7597 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7598 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7599 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7600 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7601 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7602 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7603 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7604 ];
7605
7606 /**
7607 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7608 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7609 *
7610 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7611 */
7612 $wgLogActions = [];
7613
7614 /**
7615 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7616 * not messages.
7617 * @see LogPage::actionText
7618 * @see LogFormatter
7619 */
7620 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7621 'block/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7622 'block/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7623 'block/unblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7624 'contentmodel/change' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7625 'contentmodel/new' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7626 'delete/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7627 'delete/delete_redir' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7628 'delete/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7629 'delete/restore' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7630 'delete/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7631 'import/interwiki' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7632 'import/upload' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7633 'managetags/activate' => 'LogFormatter',
7634 'managetags/create' => 'LogFormatter',
7635 'managetags/deactivate' => 'LogFormatter',
7636 'managetags/delete' => 'LogFormatter',
7637 'merge/merge' => 'MergeLogFormatter',
7638 'move/move' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7639 'move/move_redir' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7640 'patrol/patrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7641 'patrol/autopatrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7642 'protect/modify' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7643 'protect/move_prot' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7644 'protect/protect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7645 'protect/unprotect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7646 'rights/autopromote' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7647 'rights/rights' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7648 'suppress/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7649 'suppress/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7650 'suppress/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7651 'suppress/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7652 'suppress/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7653 'tag/update' => 'TagLogFormatter',
7654 'upload/overwrite' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7655 'upload/revert' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7656 'upload/upload' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7657 ];
7658
7659 /**
7660 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7661 *
7662 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7663 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7664 * Extensions may append to this array
7665 * @since 1.27
7666 */
7667 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7668 'block' => [
7669 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7670 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7671 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7672 ],
7673 'contentmodel' => [
7674 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7675 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7676 ],
7677 'delete' => [
7678 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7679 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7680 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7681 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7682 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7683 ],
7684 'import' => [
7685 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7686 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7687 ],
7688 'managetags' => [
7689 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7690 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7691 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7692 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7693 ],
7694 'move' => [
7695 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7696 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7697 ],
7698 'newusers' => [
7699 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7700 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7701 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7702 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7703 ],
7704 'patrol' => [
7705 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7706 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7707 ],
7708 'protect' => [
7709 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7710 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7711 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7712 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7713 ],
7714 'rights' => [
7715 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7716 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7717 ],
7718 'suppress' => [
7719 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7720 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7721 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7722 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7723 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7724 ],
7725 'upload' => [
7726 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7727 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7728 ],
7729 ];
7730
7731 /**
7732 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7733 */
7734 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7735
7736 /** @} */ # end logging }
7737
7738 /*************************************************************************//**
7739 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7740 * @{
7741 */
7742
7743 /**
7744 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7745 */
7746 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7747
7748 /**
7749 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7750 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7751 */
7752 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7753
7754 /**
7755 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7756 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7757 */
7758 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7759
7760 /**
7761 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7762 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7763 */
7764 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7765
7766 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7767
7768 /*************************************************************************//**
7769 * @name Actions
7770 * @{
7771 */
7772
7773 /**
7774 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7775 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7776 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7777 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7778 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7779 * instead of the default class.
7780 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7781 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7782 */
7783 $wgActions = [
7784 'credits' => true,
7785 'delete' => true,
7786 'edit' => true,
7787 'editchangetags' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7788 'history' => true,
7789 'info' => true,
7790 'markpatrolled' => true,
7791 'protect' => true,
7792 'purge' => true,
7793 'raw' => true,
7794 'render' => true,
7795 'revert' => true,
7796 'revisiondelete' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7797 'rollback' => true,
7798 'submit' => true,
7799 'unprotect' => true,
7800 'unwatch' => true,
7801 'view' => true,
7802 'watch' => true,
7803 ];
7804
7805 /** @} */ # end actions }
7806
7807 /*************************************************************************//**
7808 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7809 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7810 * @{
7811 */
7812
7813 /**
7814 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7815 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7816 * basis.
7817 */
7818 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7819
7820 /**
7821 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7822 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7823 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7824 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7825 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7826 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7827 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7828 *
7829 * @par Example:
7830 * @code
7831 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
7832 * @endcode
7833 */
7834 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7835
7836 /**
7837 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7838 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7839 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7840 *
7841 * @par Example:
7842 * @code
7843 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7844 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7845 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7846 * ];
7847 * @endcode
7848 *
7849 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7850 * forms:
7851 * @code
7852 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7853 * # Underscore, not space!
7854 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7855 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7856 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7857 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7858 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7859 * ];
7860 * @endcode
7861 */
7862 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7863
7864 /**
7865 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7866 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7867 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7868 *
7869 * @par Example:
7870 * @code
7871 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
7872 * @endcode
7873 */
7874 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7875
7876 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7877
7878 /************************************************************************//**
7879 * @name AJAX and API
7880 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7881 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7882 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7883 * @{
7884 */
7885
7886 /**
7887 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7888 * machine-readable data via api.php
7889 *
7890 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7891 */
7892 $wgEnableAPI = true;
7893
7894 /**
7895 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
7896 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
7897 * accesses it
7898 */
7899 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
7900
7901 /**
7902 *
7903 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
7904 *
7905 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
7906 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
7907 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
7908 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
7909 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
7910 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
7911 * requiring POST.
7912 *
7913 * @since 1.21
7914 */
7915 $wgDebugAPI = false;
7916
7917 /**
7918 * API module extensions.
7919 *
7920 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
7921 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
7922 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
7923 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
7924 *
7925 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
7926 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
7927 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
7928 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
7929 * field.
7930 *
7931 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
7932 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
7933 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
7934 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
7935 *
7936 * Examples for registering API modules:
7937 *
7938 * @code
7939 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
7940 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
7941 * 'class' => 'ApiBar',
7942 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
7943 * ];
7944 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
7945 * 'class' => 'ApiXyzzy',
7946 * 'factory' => [ 'XyzzyFactory', 'newApiModule' ]
7947 * ];
7948 * @endcode
7949 *
7950 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7951 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
7952 */
7953 $wgAPIModules = [];
7954
7955 /**
7956 * API format module extensions.
7957 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7958 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7959 *
7960 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
7961 */
7962 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
7963
7964 /**
7965 * API Query meta module extensions.
7966 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7967 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7968 *
7969 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
7970 */
7971 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
7972
7973 /**
7974 * API Query prop module extensions.
7975 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7976 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7977 *
7978 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
7979 */
7980 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
7981
7982 /**
7983 * API Query list module extensions.
7984 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7985 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7986 *
7987 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
7988 */
7989 $wgAPIListModules = [];
7990
7991 /**
7992 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
7993 * The default value is generally fine
7994 */
7995 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
7996
7997 /**
7998 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
7999 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8000 */
8001 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8002
8003 /**
8004 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8005 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8006 */
8007 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8008
8009 /**
8010 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8011 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8012 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8013 */
8014 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8015
8016 /**
8017 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8018 * API request logging
8019 */
8020 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8021
8022 /**
8023 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8024 */
8025 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8026
8027 /**
8028 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8029 * API queries.
8030 */
8031 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8032 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8033 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8034 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8035 ];
8036
8037 /**
8038 * Enable AJAX framework
8039 */
8040 $wgUseAjax = true;
8041
8042 /**
8043 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8044 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8045 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8046 */
8047 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8048
8049 /**
8050 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8051 */
8052 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8053
8054 /**
8055 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
8056 */
8057 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8058
8059 /**
8060 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8061 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8062 */
8063 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8064
8065 /**
8066 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8067 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8068 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8069 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8070 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8071 *
8072 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8073 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8074 *
8075 * @par Example:
8076 * @code
8077 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8078 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8079 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8080 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8081 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8082 * ];
8083 * @endcode
8084 */
8085 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8086
8087 /**
8088 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8089 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8090 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8091 */
8092 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8093
8094 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8095
8096 /************************************************************************//**
8097 * @name Shell and process control
8098 * @{
8099 */
8100
8101 /**
8102 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8103 */
8104 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8105
8106 /**
8107 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8108 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8109 */
8110 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8111
8112 /**
8113 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8114 */
8115 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8116
8117 /**
8118 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8119 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8120 */
8121 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8122
8123 /**
8124 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8125 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8126 *
8127 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8128 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8129 * them segfault or deadlock.
8130 *
8131 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8132 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8133 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8134 *
8135 * @par Example:
8136 * @code
8137 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8138 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8139 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8140 * @endcode
8141 *
8142 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8143 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8144 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8145 */
8146 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8147
8148 /**
8149 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary (php/php5). Should be set up on install.
8150 */
8151 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8152
8153 /**
8154 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8155 *
8156 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8157 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8158 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8159 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8160 *
8161 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8162 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8163 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8164 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8165 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8166 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8167 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8168 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8169 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8170 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8171 * decimal separator)
8172 *
8173 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8174 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8175 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8176 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8177 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8178 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8179 * displayed to the user.
8180 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8181 * date/time values.
8182 *
8183 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8184 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8185 * wikis.
8186 */
8187 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8188
8189 /** @} */ # End shell }
8190
8191 /************************************************************************//**
8192 * @name HTTP client
8193 * @{
8194 */
8195
8196 /**
8197 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8198 */
8199 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8200
8201 /**
8202 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8203 * @since 1.29
8204 */
8205 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8206
8207 /**
8208 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8209 */
8210 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8211
8212 /**
8213 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8214 */
8215 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8216
8217 /**
8218 * Local virtual hosts.
8219 *
8220 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8221 * If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any subdomain thereof,
8222 * then no proxy will be used.
8223 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8224 * proxy if it is configured.
8225 * @since 1.25
8226 */
8227 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8228
8229 /**
8230 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8231 * Only works for curl
8232 */
8233 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8234
8235 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8236
8237 /************************************************************************//**
8238 * @name Job queue
8239 * @{
8240 */
8241
8242 /**
8243 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8244 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8245 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8246 * be run periodically.
8247 */
8248 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8249
8250 /**
8251 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8252 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8253 * execution finishes.
8254 *
8255 * @since 1.23
8256 */
8257 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8258
8259 /**
8260 * Number of rows to update per job
8261 */
8262 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8263
8264 /**
8265 * Number of rows to update per query
8266 */
8267 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8268
8269 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8270
8271 /************************************************************************//**
8272 * @name Miscellaneous
8273 * @{
8274 */
8275
8276 /**
8277 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8278 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8279 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8280 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8281 */
8282 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8283
8284 /**
8285 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8286 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8287 *
8288 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8289 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8290 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8291 */
8292 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8293
8294 /**
8295 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8296 * For debugging
8297 */
8298 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8299
8300 /**
8301 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8302 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8303 */
8304 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8305
8306 /**
8307 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8308 */
8309 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8310
8311 /**
8312 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8313 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8314 */
8315 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8316
8317 /**
8318 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8319 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8320 */
8321 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8322
8323 /**
8324 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8325 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8326 *
8327 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8328 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8329 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8330 * parameters.
8331 *
8332 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8333 * @code
8334 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8335 * 'class' => 'PoolCounterRedis',
8336 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8337 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8338 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8339 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8340 * 'redisConfig' => []
8341 * ] ];
8342 * @endcode
8343 *
8344 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8345 * @code
8346 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8347 * 'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client',
8348 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8349 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8350 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8351 * ... any extension-specific options...
8352 * ] ];
8353 * @endcode
8354 */
8355 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8356
8357 /**
8358 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8359 */
8360 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8361
8362 /**
8363 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8364 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8365 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8366 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8367 *
8368 * @since 1.21
8369 */
8370 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8371
8372 /**
8373 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8374 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8375 *
8376 * * 'ignore': return null
8377 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8378 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8379 *
8380 * @since 1.21
8381 */
8382 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8383
8384 /**
8385 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8386 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8387 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8388 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8389 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8390 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8391 *
8392 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8393 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8394 *
8395 * @since 1.21
8396 */
8397 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8398
8399 /**
8400 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8401 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8402 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8403 *
8404 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8405 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8406 *
8407 * @since 1.21
8408 */
8409 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8410 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8411 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8412 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8413 ];
8414
8415 /**
8416 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8417 *
8418 * @since 1.20
8419 */
8420 $wgSiteTypes = [
8421 'mediawiki' => 'MediaWikiSite',
8422 ];
8423
8424 /**
8425 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8426 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8427 * @since 1.23
8428 */
8429 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8430
8431 /**
8432 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8433 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8434 * @see T67184
8435 * @since 1.24
8436 */
8437 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8438
8439 /**
8440 * Secret for session storage.
8441 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8442 * be used.
8443 * @since 1.27
8444 */
8445 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8446
8447 /**
8448 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8449 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8450 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8451 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8452 * @since 1.27
8453 */
8454 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8455
8456 /**
8457 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8458 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8459 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8460 * be used.
8461 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8462 * @since 1.24
8463 */
8464 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8465
8466 /**
8467 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8468 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8469 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8470 * @since 1.24
8471 */
8472 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8473
8474 /**
8475 * Enable page language feature
8476 * Allows setting page language in database
8477 * @var bool
8478 * @since 1.24
8479 */
8480 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8481
8482 /**
8483 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8484 *
8485 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8486 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8487 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8488 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8489 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8490 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8491 *
8492 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8493 *
8494 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8495 * 'class' => 'ParsoidVirtualRESTService',
8496 * 'options' => [
8497 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8498 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8499 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8500 * ]
8501 * ];
8502 *
8503 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8504 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8505 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8506 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8507 *
8508 * Example config for Parsoid:
8509 *
8510 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8511 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8512 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8513 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8514 * ];
8515 *
8516 * @var array
8517 * @since 1.25
8518 */
8519 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8520 'paths' => [],
8521 'modules' => [],
8522 'global' => [
8523 # Timeout in seconds
8524 'timeout' => 360,
8525 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8526 'forwardCookies' => false,
8527 'HTTPProxy' => null
8528 ]
8529 ];
8530
8531 /**
8532 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8533 * these suggestions.
8534 *
8535 * @var bool
8536 * @since 1.26
8537 */
8538 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8539
8540 /**
8541 * Where popular password file is located.
8542 *
8543 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8544 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8545 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8546 *
8547 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8548 * @since 1.27
8549 * @var string path to file
8550 */
8551 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8552
8553 /*
8554 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8555 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8556 *
8557 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8558 * @since 1.27
8559 */
8560 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8561
8562 /*
8563 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8564 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8565 *
8566 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8567 * @since 1.30
8568 */
8569 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8570
8571 /**
8572 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8573 *
8574 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8575 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8576 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8577 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8578 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8579 *
8580 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8581 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8582 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8583 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8584 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8585 *
8586 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8587 *
8588 * @since 1.27
8589 */
8590 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8591 'default' => [
8592 'class' => 'EventRelayerNull',
8593 ]
8594 ];
8595
8596 /**
8597 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8598 *
8599 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8600 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8601 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8602 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8603 *
8604 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8605 *
8606 * @var bool
8607 * @since 1.28
8608 */
8609 $wgPingback = false;
8610
8611 /**
8612 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8613 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8614 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8615 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8616 *
8617 * @since 1.28
8618 */
8619 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8620 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8621 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8622 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8623 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8624 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8625 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8626 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8627 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8628 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8629 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8630 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8631 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8632 ];
8633
8634 /**
8635 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8636 *
8637 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8638 *
8639 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8640 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8641 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8642 *
8643 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8644 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8645 */
8646 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8647 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8648 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8649 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8650
8651 /**
8652 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8653 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8654 *
8655 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8656 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8657 *
8658 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8659 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8660 *
8661 * @par Example:
8662 * @code
8663 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8664 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8665 *];
8666 * @endcode
8667 */
8668 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8669
8670 /**
8671 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8672 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8673 * @}
8674 */